author | Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de> |
Tue, 06 Sep 2011 12:18:02 +0100 | |
changeset 3000 | 3c8d3aaf292c |
parent 2991 | 8146b0ad8212 |
child 3001 | 8d7d85e915b5 |
permissions | -rw-r--r-- |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 |
(*<*) |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 |
theory Paper |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3 |
imports "../Nominal/Nominal2" |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
4 |
"~~/src/HOL/Library/LaTeXsugar" |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
5 |
begin |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
6 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
7 |
consts |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
8 |
fv :: "'a \<Rightarrow> 'b" |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
9 |
abs_set :: "'a \<Rightarrow> 'b \<Rightarrow> 'c" |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
10 |
alpha_bn :: "'a \<Rightarrow> 'a \<Rightarrow> bool" |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
11 |
abs_set2 :: "'a \<Rightarrow> perm \<Rightarrow> 'b \<Rightarrow> 'c" |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
12 |
Abs_dist :: "'a \<Rightarrow> 'b \<Rightarrow> 'c" |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
13 |
Abs_print :: "'a \<Rightarrow> 'b \<Rightarrow> 'c" |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
14 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
15 |
definition |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
16 |
"equal \<equiv> (op =)" |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
18 |
notation (latex output) |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
19 |
swap ("'(_ _')" [1000, 1000] 1000) and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
20 |
fresh ("_ # _" [51, 51] 50) and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
21 |
fresh_star ("_ #\<^sup>* _" [51, 51] 50) and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
22 |
supp ("supp _" [78] 73) and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
23 |
uminus ("-_" [78] 73) and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
24 |
If ("if _ then _ else _" 10) and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
25 |
alpha_set ("_ \<approx>\<^raw:\,\raisebox{-1pt}{\makebox[0mm][l]{$_{\textit{set}}$}}>\<^bsup>_, _, _\<^esup> _") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
26 |
alpha_lst ("_ \<approx>\<^raw:\,\raisebox{-1pt}{\makebox[0mm][l]{$_{\textit{list}}$}}>\<^bsup>_, _, _\<^esup> _") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
27 |
alpha_res ("_ \<approx>\<^raw:\,\raisebox{-1pt}{\makebox[0mm][l]{$_{\textit{set+}}$}}>\<^bsup>_, _, _\<^esup> _") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28 |
abs_set ("_ \<approx>\<^raw:{$\,_{\textit{abs\_set}}$}> _") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
29 |
abs_set2 ("_ \<approx>\<^raw:\raisebox{-1pt}{\makebox[0mm][l]{$\,_{\textit{list}}$}}>\<^bsup>_\<^esup> _") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
30 |
fv ("fa'(_')" [100] 100) and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
31 |
equal ("=") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
32 |
alpha_abs_set ("_ \<approx>\<^raw:{$\,_{\textit{abs\_set}}$}> _") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
33 |
Abs_set ("[_]\<^bsub>set\<^esub>._" [20, 101] 999) and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
34 |
Abs_lst ("[_]\<^bsub>list\<^esub>._") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
35 |
Abs_dist ("[_]\<^bsub>#list\<^esub>._") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
36 |
Abs_res ("[_]\<^bsub>set+\<^esub>._") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
37 |
Abs_print ("_\<^bsub>set\<^esub>._") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
38 |
Cons ("_::_" [78,77] 73) and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
39 |
supp_set ("aux _" [1000] 10) and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
40 |
alpha_bn ("_ \<approx>bn _") |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
41 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
42 |
consts alpha_trm ::'a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
43 |
consts fa_trm :: 'a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
44 |
consts alpha_trm2 ::'a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
45 |
consts fa_trm2 :: 'a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
46 |
consts ast :: 'a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
47 |
consts ast' :: 'a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
48 |
notation (latex output) |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
49 |
alpha_trm ("\<approx>\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
50 |
fa_trm ("fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
51 |
alpha_trm2 ("'(\<approx>\<^bsub>assn\<^esub>, \<approx>\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>')") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
52 |
fa_trm2 ("'(fa\<^bsub>assn\<^esub>, fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>')") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
53 |
ast ("'(as, t')") and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
54 |
ast' ("'(as', t\<PRIME> ')") |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
55 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
56 |
(*>*) |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
57 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
58 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
59 |
section {* Introduction *} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
60 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
61 |
text {* |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
62 |
So far, Nominal Isabelle provided a mechanism for constructing alpha-equated |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
63 |
terms, for example lambda-terms |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
64 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
65 |
\[ |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
66 |
@{text "t ::= x | t t | \<lambda>x. t"} |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
67 |
\]\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
68 |
|
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
69 |
\noindent |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
70 |
where free and bound variables have names. For such alpha-equated terms, |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
71 |
Nominal Isabelle derives automatically a reasoning infrastructure that has |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
72 |
been used successfully in formalisations of an equivalence checking |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73 |
algorithm for LF \cite{UrbanCheneyBerghofer08}, Typed |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
74 |
Scheme~\cite{TobinHochstadtFelleisen08}, several calculi for concurrency |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
75 |
\cite{BengtsonParow09} and a strong normalisation result for cut-elimination |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
76 |
in classical logic \cite{UrbanZhu08}. It has also been used by Pollack for |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
77 |
formalisations in the locally-nameless approach to binding |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
78 |
\cite{SatoPollack10}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
79 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
80 |
However, Nominal Isabelle has fared less well in a formalisation of the |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
81 |
algorithm W \cite{UrbanNipkow09}, where types and type-schemes are, |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
82 |
respectively, of the form |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
83 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
84 |
\begin{equation}\label{tysch} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
85 |
\begin{array}{l} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
86 |
@{text "T ::= x | T \<rightarrow> T"}\hspace{15mm} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
87 |
@{text "S ::= \<forall>{x\<^isub>1,\<dots>, x\<^isub>n}. T"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
88 |
\end{array} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
89 |
\end{equation}\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
90 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
91 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
92 |
and the @{text "\<forall>"}-quantification binds a finite (possibly empty) set of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
93 |
type-variables. While it is possible to implement this kind of more general |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
94 |
binders by iterating single binders, this leads to a rather clumsy |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
95 |
formalisation of W. The need of iterating single binders is also one reason |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
96 |
why Nominal Isabelle and similar theorem provers that only provide |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
97 |
mechanisms for binding single variables has not fared extremely well with |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
98 |
the more advanced tasks in the POPLmark challenge \cite{challenge05}, |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
99 |
because also there one would like to bind multiple variables at once. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101 |
Binding multiple variables has interesting properties that cannot be captured |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
102 |
easily by iterating single binders. For example in the case of type-schemes we do not |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
103 |
want to make a distinction about the order of the bound variables. Therefore |
3000 | 104 |
we would like to regard below the first pair of type-schemes as alpha-equivalent, |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
105 |
but assuming that @{text x}, @{text y} and @{text z} are distinct variables, |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
106 |
the second pair should \emph{not} be alpha-equivalent: |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
107 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
108 |
\begin{equation}\label{ex1} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
109 |
@{text "\<forall>{x, y}. x \<rightarrow> y \<approx>\<^isub>\<alpha> \<forall>{y, x}. y \<rightarrow> x"}\hspace{10mm} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
110 |
@{text "\<forall>{x, y}. x \<rightarrow> y \<notapprox>\<^isub>\<alpha> \<forall>{z}. z \<rightarrow> z"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
111 |
\end{equation}\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
112 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
113 |
\noindent |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
114 |
Moreover, we like to regard type-schemes as alpha-equivalent, if they differ |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
115 |
only on \emph{vacuous} binders, such as |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
116 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
117 |
\begin{equation}\label{ex3} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
118 |
@{text "\<forall>{x}. x \<rightarrow> y \<approx>\<^isub>\<alpha> \<forall>{x, z}. x \<rightarrow> y"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
119 |
\end{equation}\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
120 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
121 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
122 |
where @{text z} does not occur freely in the type. In this paper we will |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
123 |
give a general binding mechanism and associated notion of alpha-equivalence |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
124 |
that can be used to faithfully represent this kind of binding in Nominal |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
125 |
Isabelle. The difficulty of finding the right notion for alpha-equivalence |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
126 |
can be appreciated in this case by considering that the definition given by |
2991 | 127 |
Leroy in \cite[Page 18--19]{Leroy92} is incorrect (it omits a side-condition). |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
128 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
129 |
However, the notion of alpha-equivalence that is preserved by vacuous |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
130 |
binders is not always wanted. For example in terms like |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
131 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
132 |
\begin{equation}\label{one} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
133 |
@{text "\<LET> x = 3 \<AND> y = 2 \<IN> x - y \<END>"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
134 |
\end{equation}\smallskip |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
135 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
136 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
137 |
we might not care in which order the assignments @{text "x = 3"} and |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
138 |
\mbox{@{text "y = 2"}} are given, but it would be often unusual (particularly |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
139 |
in strict languages) to regard \eqref{one} as alpha-equivalent with |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
140 |
|
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
141 |
\[ |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
142 |
@{text "\<LET> x = 3 \<AND> y = 2 \<AND> z = foo \<IN> x - y \<END>"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
143 |
\]\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
144 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
145 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
146 |
Therefore we will also provide a separate binding mechanism for cases in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
147 |
which the order of binders does not matter, but the ``cardinality'' of the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
148 |
binders has to agree. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
149 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
150 |
However, we found that this is still not sufficient for dealing with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
151 |
language constructs frequently occurring in programming language |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
152 |
research. For example in @{text "\<LET>"}s containing patterns like |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
153 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
154 |
\begin{equation}\label{two} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
155 |
@{text "\<LET> (x, y) = (3, 2) \<IN> x - y \<END>"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
156 |
\end{equation}\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
157 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
158 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
159 |
we want to bind all variables from the pattern inside the body of the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
160 |
$\mathtt{let}$, but we also care about the order of these variables, since |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
161 |
we do not want to regard \eqref{two} as alpha-equivalent with |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
162 |
|
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
163 |
\[ |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
164 |
@{text "\<LET> (y, x) = (3, 2) \<IN> x - y \<END>"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
165 |
\]\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
166 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
167 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
168 |
As a result, we provide three general binding mechanisms each of which binds |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
169 |
multiple variables at once, and let the user chose which one is intended |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
170 |
when formalising a term-calculus. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
171 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
172 |
By providing these general binding mechanisms, however, we have to work |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
173 |
around a problem that has been pointed out by Pottier \cite{Pottier06} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
174 |
Cheney \cite{Cheney05}: in @{text "\<LET>"}-constructs of the form |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
175 |
|
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
176 |
\[ |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
177 |
@{text "\<LET> x\<^isub>1 = t\<^isub>1 \<AND> \<dots> \<AND> x\<^isub>n = t\<^isub>n \<IN> s \<END>"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
178 |
\]\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
179 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
180 |
\noindent |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
181 |
we care about the information that there are as many bound variables @{text |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
182 |
"x\<^isub>i"} as there are @{text "t\<^isub>i"}. We lose this information if |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
183 |
we represent the @{text "\<LET>"}-constructor by something like |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
184 |
|
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
185 |
\[ |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
186 |
@{text "\<LET> (\<lambda>x\<^isub>1\<dots>x\<^isub>n . s) [t\<^isub>1,\<dots>,t\<^isub>n]"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
187 |
\]\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
188 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
189 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
190 |
where the notation @{text "\<lambda>_ . _"} indicates that the list of @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
191 |
"x\<^isub>i"} becomes bound in @{text s}. In this representation the term |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
192 |
\mbox{@{text "\<LET> (\<lambda>x . s) [t\<^isub>1, t\<^isub>2]"}} is a perfectly |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
193 |
legal instance, but the lengths of the two lists do not agree. To exclude |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
194 |
such terms, additional predicates about well-formed terms are needed in |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
195 |
order to ensure that the two lists are of equal length. This can result in |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
196 |
very messy reasoning (see for example~\cite{BengtsonParow09}). To avoid |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
197 |
this, we will allow type specifications for @{text "\<LET>"}s as follows |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
198 |
|
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
199 |
\[ |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
200 |
\mbox{\begin{tabular}{r@ {\hspace{2mm}}r@ {\hspace{2mm}}ll} |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
201 |
@{text trm} & @{text "::="} & @{text "\<dots>"} \\ |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
202 |
& @{text "|"} & @{text "\<LET> as::assn s::trm"}\hspace{2mm} |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
203 |
\isacommand{bind} @{text "bn(as)"} \isacommand{in} @{text "s"}\\[1mm] |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
204 |
@{text assn} & @{text "::="} & @{text "\<ANIL>"}\\ |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
205 |
& @{text "|"} & @{text "\<ACONS> name trm assn"} |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
206 |
\end{tabular}} |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
207 |
\]\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
208 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
209 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
210 |
where @{text assn} is an auxiliary type representing a list of assignments |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
211 |
and @{text bn} an auxiliary function identifying the variables to be bound |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
212 |
by the @{text "\<LET>"}. This function can be defined by recursion over @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
213 |
assn} as follows |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
214 |
|
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
215 |
\[ |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
216 |
@{text "bn(\<ANIL>) ="} @{term "{}"} \hspace{10mm} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
217 |
@{text "bn(\<ACONS> x t as) = {x} \<union> bn(as)"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
218 |
\]\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
219 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
220 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
221 |
The scope of the binding is indicated by labels given to the types, for |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
222 |
example @{text "s::trm"}, and a binding clause, in this case |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 |
\isacommand{bind} @{text "bn(as)"} \isacommand{in} @{text "s"}. This binding |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
224 |
clause states that all the names the function @{text "bn(as)"} returns |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
225 |
should be bound in @{text s}. This style of specifying terms and bindings |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
226 |
is heavily inspired by the syntax of the Ott-tool \cite{ott-jfp}. Our work |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
227 |
extends Ott in several aspects: one is that we support three binding |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
228 |
modes---Ott has only one, namely the one where the order of binders matters. |
3000 | 229 |
Another is that our reasoning infrastructure, like strong induction principles |
230 |
and the notion of free variables, is derived from first principles within |
|
231 |
the Isabelle/HOL theorem prover. |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
232 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
233 |
However, we will not be able to cope with all specifications that are |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
234 |
allowed by Ott. One reason is that Ott lets the user specify ``empty'' types |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
235 |
like \mbox{@{text "t ::= t t | \<lambda>x. t"}} where no clause for variables is |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
236 |
given. Arguably, such specifications make some sense in the context of Coq's |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
237 |
type theory (which Ott supports), but not at all in a HOL-based environment |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
238 |
where every datatype must have a non-empty set-theoretic model |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
239 |
\cite{Berghofer99}. Another reason is that we establish the reasoning |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
240 |
infrastructure for alpha-\emph{equated} terms. In contrast, Ott produces a |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
241 |
reasoning infrastructure in Isabelle/HOL for \emph{non}-alpha-equated, or |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
242 |
``raw'', terms. While our alpha-equated terms and the raw terms produced by |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
243 |
Ott use names for bound variables, there is a key difference: working with |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
244 |
alpha-equated terms means, for example, that the two type-schemes |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
245 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
246 |
\[ |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
247 |
@{text "\<forall>{x}. x \<rightarrow> y = \<forall>{x, z}. x \<rightarrow> y"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
248 |
\]\smallskip |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
249 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
250 |
\noindent |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
251 |
are not just alpha-equal, but actually \emph{equal}! As a result, we can |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
252 |
only support specifications that make sense on the level of alpha-equated |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
253 |
terms (offending specifications, which for example bind a variable according |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
254 |
to a variable bound somewhere else, are not excluded by Ott, but we have |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
255 |
to). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
256 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
257 |
Our insistence on reasoning with alpha-equated terms comes from the |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
258 |
wealth of experience we gained with the older version of Nominal Isabelle: |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
259 |
for non-trivial properties, reasoning with alpha-equated terms is much |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
260 |
easier than reasoning with raw terms. The fundamental reason for this is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
261 |
that the HOL-logic underlying Nominal Isabelle allows us to replace |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
262 |
``equals-by-equals''. In contrast, replacing |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
263 |
``alpha-equals-by-alpha-equals'' in a representation based on raw terms |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
264 |
requires a lot of extra reasoning work. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
265 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
266 |
Although in informal settings a reasoning infrastructure for alpha-equated |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
267 |
terms is nearly always taken for granted, establishing it automatically in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
268 |
Isabelle/HOL is a rather non-trivial task. For every |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
269 |
specification we will need to construct type(s) containing as elements the |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
270 |
alpha-equated terms. To do so, we use the standard HOL-technique of defining |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
271 |
a new type by identifying a non-empty subset of an existing type. The |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
272 |
construction we perform in Isabelle/HOL can be illustrated by the following picture: |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
273 |
|
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
274 |
\[ |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
275 |
\mbox{\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1.1] |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
276 |
%\draw[step=2mm] (-4,-1) grid (4,1); |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
277 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
278 |
\draw[very thick] (0.7,0.4) circle (4.25mm); |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
279 |
\draw[rounded corners=1mm, very thick] ( 0.0,-0.8) rectangle ( 1.8, 0.9); |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
280 |
\draw[rounded corners=1mm, very thick] (-1.95,0.85) rectangle (-2.85,-0.05); |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
281 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
282 |
\draw (-2.0, 0.845) -- (0.7,0.845); |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
283 |
\draw (-2.0,-0.045) -- (0.7,-0.045); |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
284 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
285 |
\draw ( 0.7, 0.4) node {\footnotesize\begin{tabular}{@ {}c@ {}}$\alpha$-\\[-1mm]clas.\end{tabular}}; |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
286 |
\draw (-2.4, 0.4) node {\footnotesize\begin{tabular}{@ {}c@ {}}$\alpha$-eq.\\[-1mm]terms\end{tabular}}; |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
287 |
\draw (1.8, 0.48) node[right=-0.1mm] |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
288 |
{\small\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {}}existing\\[-1mm] type\\ (sets of raw terms)\end{tabular}}; |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
289 |
\draw (0.9, -0.35) node {\footnotesize\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {}}non-empty\\[-1mm]subset\end{tabular}}; |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
290 |
\draw (-3.25, 0.55) node {\small\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {}}new\\[-1mm]type\end{tabular}}; |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
291 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
292 |
\draw[<->, very thick] (-1.8, 0.3) -- (-0.1,0.3); |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
293 |
\draw (-0.95, 0.3) node[above=0mm] {\footnotesize{}isomorphism}; |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
294 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
295 |
\end{tikzpicture}} |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
296 |
\]\smallskip |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
297 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
298 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
299 |
We take as the starting point a definition of raw terms (defined as a |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
300 |
datatype in Isabelle/HOL); then identify the alpha-equivalence classes in |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
301 |
the type of sets of raw terms according to our alpha-equivalence relation, |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
302 |
and finally define the new type as these alpha-equivalence classes (the |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
303 |
non-emptiness requirement is always satisfied whenever the raw terms are |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
304 |
definable as datatype in Isabelle/HOL and our relation for alpha-equivalence |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
305 |
is an equivalence relation). |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307 |
The fact that we obtain an isomorphism between the new type and the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 |
non-empty subset shows that the new type is a faithful representation of |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
309 |
alpha-equated terms. That is not the case for example for terms using the |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
310 |
locally nameless representation of binders \cite{McKinnaPollack99}: in this |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
311 |
representation there are ``junk'' terms that need to be excluded by |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
312 |
reasoning about a well-formedness predicate. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
313 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
314 |
The problem with introducing a new type in Isabelle/HOL is that in order to |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
315 |
be useful, a reasoning infrastructure needs to be ``lifted'' from the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
316 |
underlying subset to the new type. This is usually a tricky and arduous |
2990
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
317 |
task. To ease it, we re-implemented in Isabelle/HOL \cite{KaliszykUrban11} |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
318 |
the quotient package described by Homeier \cite{Homeier05} for the HOL4 |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
319 |
system. This package allows us to lift definitions and theorems involving |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
320 |
raw terms to definitions and theorems involving alpha-equated terms. For |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
321 |
example if we define the free-variable function over raw lambda-terms |
2991 | 322 |
as follows |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
323 |
|
2990
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
324 |
\[ |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
325 |
\mbox{\begin{tabular}{l@ {\hspace{1mm}}r@ {\hspace{1mm}}l} |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
326 |
@{text "fv(x)"} & @{text "\<equiv>"} & @{text "{x}"}\\ |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
327 |
@{text "fv(t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2)"} & @{text "\<equiv>"} & @{text "fv(t\<^isub>1) \<union> fv(t\<^isub>2)"}\\ |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
328 |
@{text "fv(\<lambda>x.t)"} & @{text "\<equiv>"} & @{text "fv(t) - {x}"} |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
329 |
\end{tabular}} |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
330 |
\]\smallskip |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
331 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
332 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
333 |
then with the help of the quotient package we can obtain a function @{text "fv\<^sup>\<alpha>"} |
3000 | 334 |
operating on quotients, that is alpha-equivalence classes of lambda-terms. This |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
335 |
lifted function is characterised by the equations |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
336 |
|
2990
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
337 |
\[ |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
338 |
\mbox{\begin{tabular}{l@ {\hspace{1mm}}r@ {\hspace{1mm}}l} |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
339 |
@{text "fv\<^sup>\<alpha>(x)"} & @{text "="} & @{text "{x}"}\\ |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
340 |
@{text "fv\<^sup>\<alpha>(t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2)"} & @{text "="} & @{text "fv\<^sup>\<alpha>(t\<^isub>1) \<union> fv\<^sup>\<alpha>(t\<^isub>2)"}\\ |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
341 |
@{text "fv\<^sup>\<alpha>(\<lambda>x.t)"} & @{text "="} & @{text "fv\<^sup>\<alpha>(t) - {x}"} |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
342 |
\end{tabular}} |
5d145fe77ec1
a little tuning on the paper
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2989
diff
changeset
|
343 |
\]\smallskip |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
344 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
345 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
346 |
(Note that this means also the term-constructors for variables, applications |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
347 |
and lambda are lifted to the quotient level.) This construction, of course, |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
348 |
only works if alpha-equivalence is indeed an equivalence relation, and the |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
349 |
``raw'' definitions and theorems are respectful w.r.t.~alpha-equivalence. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
350 |
For example, we will not be able to lift a bound-variable function. Although |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
351 |
this function can be defined for raw terms, it does not respect |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
352 |
alpha-equivalence and therefore cannot be lifted. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
353 |
To sum up, every lifting |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
354 |
of theorems to the quotient level needs proofs of some respectfulness |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
355 |
properties (see \cite{Homeier05}). In the paper we show that we are able to |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
356 |
automate these proofs and as a result can automatically establish a reasoning |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
357 |
infrastructure for alpha-equated terms.\smallskip |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
358 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
359 |
The examples we have in mind where our reasoning infrastructure will be |
2991 | 360 |
helpful includes the term language of Core-Haskell (see |
361 |
Figure~\ref{corehas}). This term language involves patterns that have lists |
|
362 |
of type-, coercion- and term-variables, all of which are bound in @{text |
|
363 |
"\<CASE>"}-expressions. In these patterns we do not know in advance how many |
|
3000 | 364 |
variables need to be bound. Another example is the algorithm W |
365 |
which includes multiple binders in type-schemes.\medskip |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
366 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
367 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
368 |
{\bf Contributions:} We provide three new definitions for when terms |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
369 |
involving general binders are alpha-equivalent. These definitions are |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
370 |
inspired by earlier work of Pitts \cite{Pitts04}. By means of automatic |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
371 |
proofs, we establish a reasoning infrastructure for alpha-equated |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 |
terms, including properties about support, freshness and equality |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
373 |
conditions for alpha-equated terms. We are also able to derive strong |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
374 |
induction principles that have the variable convention already built in. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
375 |
The method behind our specification of general binders is taken |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
376 |
from the Ott-tool, but we introduce crucial restrictions, and also extensions, so |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
377 |
that our specifications make sense for reasoning about alpha-equated terms. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378 |
The main improvement over Ott is that we introduce three binding modes |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
379 |
(only one is present in Ott), provide formalised definitions for alpha-equivalence and |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
380 |
for free variables of our terms, and also derive a reasoning infrastructure |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 |
for our specifications from ``first principles''. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
382 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
383 |
|
2991 | 384 |
\begin{figure} |
385 |
\begin{boxedminipage}{\linewidth} |
|
386 |
\begin{center} |
|
387 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {\hspace{8mm}}r@ {\hspace{2mm}}r@ {\hspace{2mm}}l} |
|
388 |
\multicolumn{3}{@ {}l}{Type Kinds}\\ |
|
389 |
@{text "\<kappa>"} & @{text "::="} & @{text "\<star> | \<kappa>\<^isub>1 \<rightarrow> \<kappa>\<^isub>2"}\smallskip\\ |
|
390 |
\multicolumn{3}{@ {}l}{Coercion Kinds}\\ |
|
391 |
@{text "\<iota>"} & @{text "::="} & @{text "\<sigma>\<^isub>1 \<sim> \<sigma>\<^isub>2"}\smallskip\\ |
|
392 |
\multicolumn{3}{@ {}l}{Types}\\ |
|
393 |
@{text "\<sigma>"} & @{text "::="} & @{text "a | T | \<sigma>\<^isub>1 \<sigma>\<^isub>2 | S\<^isub>n"}$\;\overline{@{text "\<sigma>"}}$@{text "\<^sup>n"} |
|
394 |
@{text "| \<forall>a:\<kappa>. \<sigma> | \<iota> \<Rightarrow> \<sigma>"}\smallskip\\ |
|
395 |
\multicolumn{3}{@ {}l}{Coercion Types}\\ |
|
396 |
@{text "\<gamma>"} & @{text "::="} & @{text "c | C | \<gamma>\<^isub>1 \<gamma>\<^isub>2 | S\<^isub>n"}$\;\overline{@{text "\<gamma>"}}$@{text "\<^sup>n"} |
|
397 |
@{text "| \<forall>c:\<iota>. \<gamma> | \<iota> \<Rightarrow> \<gamma> | refl \<sigma> | sym \<gamma> | \<gamma>\<^isub>1 \<circ> \<gamma>\<^isub>2"}\\ |
|
398 |
& @{text "|"} & @{text "\<gamma> @ \<sigma> | left \<gamma> | right \<gamma> | \<gamma>\<^isub>1 \<sim> \<gamma>\<^isub>2 | rightc \<gamma> | leftc \<gamma> | \<gamma>\<^isub>1 \<triangleright> \<gamma>\<^isub>2"}\smallskip\\ |
|
399 |
\multicolumn{3}{@ {}l}{Terms}\\ |
|
400 |
@{text "e"} & @{text "::="} & @{text "x | K | \<Lambda>a:\<kappa>. e | \<Lambda>c:\<iota>. e | e \<sigma> | e \<gamma> | \<lambda>x:\<sigma>. e | e\<^isub>1 e\<^isub>2"}\\ |
|
401 |
& @{text "|"} & @{text "\<LET> x:\<sigma> = e\<^isub>1 \<IN> e\<^isub>2 | \<CASE> e\<^isub>1 \<OF>"}$\;\overline{@{text "p \<rightarrow> e\<^isub>2"}}$ @{text "| e \<triangleright> \<gamma>"}\smallskip\\ |
|
402 |
\multicolumn{3}{@ {}l}{Patterns}\\ |
|
403 |
@{text "p"} & @{text "::="} & @{text "K"}$\;\overline{@{text "a:\<kappa>"}}\;\overline{@{text "c:\<iota>"}}\;\overline{@{text "x:\<sigma>"}}$\smallskip\\ |
|
404 |
\multicolumn{3}{@ {}l}{Constants}\\ |
|
405 |
& @{text C} & coercion constants\\ |
|
406 |
& @{text T} & value type constructors\\ |
|
407 |
& @{text "S\<^isub>n"} & n-ary type functions (which need to be fully applied)\\ |
|
408 |
& @{text K} & data constructors\smallskip\\ |
|
409 |
\multicolumn{3}{@ {}l}{Variables}\\ |
|
410 |
& @{text a} & type variables\\ |
|
411 |
& @{text c} & coercion variables\\ |
|
412 |
& @{text x} & term variables\\ |
|
413 |
\end{tabular} |
|
414 |
\end{center} |
|
415 |
\end{boxedminipage} |
|
416 |
\caption{The System @{text "F\<^isub>C"} |
|
417 |
\cite{CoreHaskell}, also often referred to as \emph{Core-Haskell}. In this |
|
418 |
version of @{text "F\<^isub>C"} we made a modification by separating the |
|
419 |
grammars for type kinds and coercion kinds, as well as for types and coercion |
|
420 |
types. For this paper the interesting term-constructor is @{text "\<CASE>"}, |
|
421 |
which binds multiple type-, coercion- and term-variables.\label{corehas}} |
|
422 |
\end{figure} |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
423 |
*} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
424 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
425 |
section {* A Short Review of the Nominal Logic Work *} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
426 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
427 |
text {* |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
428 |
At its core, Nominal Isabelle is an adaption of the nominal logic work by |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
429 |
Pitts \cite{Pitts03}. This adaptation for Isabelle/HOL is described in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
430 |
\cite{HuffmanUrban10} (including proofs). We shall briefly review this work |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
431 |
to aid the description of what follows. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
432 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
433 |
Two central notions in the nominal logic work are sorted atoms and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
434 |
sort-respecting permutations of atoms. We will use the letters @{text "a, |
3000 | 435 |
b, c, \<dots>"} to stand for atoms and @{text "\<pi>, \<dots>"} to stand for |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
436 |
permutations. The purpose of atoms is to represent variables, be they bound or free. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
437 |
The sorts of atoms can be used to represent different kinds of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
438 |
variables, such as the term-, coercion- and type-variables in Core-Haskell. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
439 |
It is assumed that there is an infinite supply of atoms for each |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
440 |
sort. In the interest of brevity, we shall restrict ourselves |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
441 |
in what follows to only one sort of atoms. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
442 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
443 |
Permutations are bijective functions from atoms to atoms that are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
444 |
the identity everywhere except on a finite number of atoms. There is a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
445 |
two-place permutation operation written |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
446 |
@{text "_ \<bullet> _ :: perm \<Rightarrow> \<beta> \<Rightarrow> \<beta>"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
447 |
where the generic type @{text "\<beta>"} is the type of the object |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
448 |
over which the permutation |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
449 |
acts. In Nominal Isabelle, the identity permutation is written as @{term "0::perm"}, |
3000 | 450 |
the composition of two permutations @{term "\<pi>\<^isub>1"} and @{term "\<pi>\<^isub>2"} as \mbox{@{term "\<pi>\<^isub>1 + \<pi>\<^isub>2"}}, |
451 |
and the inverse permutation of @{term "\<pi>"} as @{text "- \<pi>"}. The permutation |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
452 |
operation is defined over the type-hierarchy \cite{HuffmanUrban10}; |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
453 |
for example permutations acting on products, lists, sets, functions and booleans are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
454 |
given by: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
455 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
456 |
\begin{equation}\label{permute} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
457 |
\mbox{\begin{tabular}{@ {}c@ {\hspace{10mm}}c@ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
458 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {}} |
3000 | 459 |
@{thm permute_prod.simps[where p="\<pi>", no_vars, THEN eq_reflection]}\\[2mm] |
460 |
@{thm permute_list.simps(1)[where p="\<pi>", no_vars, THEN eq_reflection]}\\ |
|
461 |
@{thm permute_list.simps(2)[where p="\<pi>", no_vars, THEN eq_reflection]}\\ |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
462 |
\end{tabular} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
463 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {}} |
3000 | 464 |
@{thm permute_set_eq[where p="\<pi>", no_vars, THEN eq_reflection]}\\ |
465 |
@{text "\<pi> \<bullet> f \<equiv> \<lambda>x. \<pi> \<bullet> (f (- \<pi> \<bullet> x))"}\\ |
|
466 |
@{thm permute_bool_def[where p="\<pi>", no_vars, THEN eq_reflection]} |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
467 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
468 |
\end{tabular}} |
3000 | 469 |
\end{equation}\smallskip |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
470 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
471 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
472 |
Concrete permutations in Nominal Isabelle are built up from swappings, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
473 |
written as \mbox{@{text "(a b)"}}, which are permutations that behave |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
474 |
as follows: |
2991 | 475 |
|
3000 | 476 |
\[ |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
477 |
@{text "(a b) = \<lambda>c. if a = c then b else if b = c then a else c"} |
3000 | 478 |
\]\smallskip |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
479 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
480 |
The most original aspect of the nominal logic work of Pitts is a general |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
481 |
definition for the notion of the ``set of free variables of an object @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
482 |
"x"}''. This notion, written @{term "supp x"}, is general in the sense that |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
483 |
it applies not only to lambda-terms (alpha-equated or not), but also to lists, |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
484 |
products, sets and even functions. The definition depends only on the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
485 |
permutation operation and on the notion of equality defined for the type of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
486 |
@{text x}, namely: |
2991 | 487 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
488 |
\begin{equation}\label{suppdef} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
489 |
@{thm supp_def[no_vars, THEN eq_reflection]} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
490 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
491 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
492 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
493 |
There is also the derived notion for when an atom @{text a} is \emph{fresh} |
3000 | 494 |
for an @{text x}, defined as |
495 |
||
496 |
\[ |
|
497 |
@{thm fresh_def[no_vars]} |
|
498 |
\]\smallskip |
|
499 |
||
500 |
\noindent |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
501 |
We use for sets of atoms the abbreviation |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
502 |
@{thm (lhs) fresh_star_def[no_vars]}, defined as |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
503 |
@{thm (rhs) fresh_star_def[no_vars]}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
504 |
A striking consequence of these definitions is that we can prove |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
505 |
without knowing anything about the structure of @{term x} that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
506 |
swapping two fresh atoms, say @{text a} and @{text b}, leaves |
3000 | 507 |
@{text x} unchanged, namely |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
508 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
509 |
\begin{prop}\label{swapfreshfresh} |
3000 | 510 |
If @{thm (prem 1) swap_fresh_fresh[no_vars]} and @{thm (prem 2) swap_fresh_fresh[no_vars]} |
511 |
then @{thm (concl) swap_fresh_fresh[no_vars]} |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
512 |
\end{prop} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
513 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
514 |
While often the support of an object can be relatively easily |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
515 |
described, for example for atoms, products, lists, function applications, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
516 |
booleans and permutations as follows |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
517 |
|
3000 | 518 |
\[\mbox{ |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
519 |
\begin{tabular}{c@ {\hspace{10mm}}c} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
520 |
\begin{tabular}{rcl} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
521 |
@{term "supp a"} & $=$ & @{term "{a}"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
522 |
@{term "supp (x, y)"} & $=$ & @{term "supp x \<union> supp y"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
523 |
@{term "supp []"} & $=$ & @{term "{}"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
524 |
@{term "supp (x#xs)"} & $=$ & @{term "supp x \<union> supp xs"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
525 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
526 |
& |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
527 |
\begin{tabular}{rcl} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
528 |
@{text "supp (f x)"} & @{text "\<subseteq>"} & @{term "supp f \<union> supp x"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
529 |
@{term "supp b"} & $=$ & @{term "{}"}\\ |
3000 | 530 |
@{term "supp \<pi>"} & $=$ & @{term "{a. \<pi> \<bullet> a \<noteq> a}"} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
531 |
\end{tabular} |
3000 | 532 |
\end{tabular}} |
533 |
\]\smallskip |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
534 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
535 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
536 |
in some cases it can be difficult to characterise the support precisely, and |
3000 | 537 |
only an approximation can be established (as for function applications |
538 |
above). Reasoning about such approximations can be simplified with the |
|
539 |
notion \emph{supports}, defined as follows: |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
540 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
541 |
\begin{defi} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
542 |
A set @{text S} \emph{supports} @{text x} if for all atoms @{text a} and @{text b} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
543 |
not in @{text S} we have @{term "(a \<rightleftharpoons> b) \<bullet> x = x"}. |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
544 |
\end{defi} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
545 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
546 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
547 |
The main point of @{text supports} is that we can establish the following |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
548 |
two properties. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
549 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
550 |
\begin{prop}\label{supportsprop} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
551 |
Given a set @{text "as"} of atoms. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
552 |
{\it (i)} @{thm[mode=IfThen] supp_is_subset[where S="as", no_vars]} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
553 |
{\it (ii)} @{thm supp_supports[no_vars]}. |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
554 |
\end{prop} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
555 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
556 |
Another important notion in the nominal logic work is \emph{equivariance}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
557 |
For a function @{text f}, say of type @{text "\<alpha> \<Rightarrow> \<beta>"}, to be equivariant |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
558 |
it is required that every permutation leaves @{text f} unchanged, that is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
559 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
560 |
\begin{equation}\label{equivariancedef} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
561 |
@{term "\<forall>p. p \<bullet> f = f"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
562 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
563 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
564 |
\noindent or equivalently that a permutation applied to the application |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
565 |
@{text "f x"} can be moved to the argument @{text x}. That means for equivariant |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
566 |
functions @{text f}, we have for all permutations @{text p}: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
567 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
568 |
\begin{equation}\label{equivariance} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
569 |
@{text "p \<bullet> f = f"} \;\;\;\textit{if and only if}\;\;\; |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
570 |
@{text "p \<bullet> (f x) = f (p \<bullet> x)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
571 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
572 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
573 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
574 |
From property \eqref{equivariancedef} and the definition of @{text supp}, we |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
575 |
can easily deduce that equivariant functions have empty support. There is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
576 |
also a similar notion for equivariant relations, say @{text R}, namely the property |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
577 |
that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
578 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
579 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
580 |
@{text "x R y"} \;\;\textit{implies}\;\; @{text "(p \<bullet> x) R (p \<bullet> y)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
581 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
582 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
583 |
Using freshness, the nominal logic work provides us with general means for renaming |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
584 |
binders. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
585 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
586 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
587 |
While in the older version of Nominal Isabelle, we used extensively |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
588 |
Property~\ref{swapfreshfresh} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
589 |
this property to rename single binders, it this property |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
590 |
proved too unwieldy for dealing with multiple binders. For such binders the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
591 |
following generalisations turned out to be easier to use. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
592 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
593 |
\begin{prop}\label{supppermeq} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
594 |
@{thm[mode=IfThen] supp_perm_eq[no_vars]} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
595 |
\end{prop} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
596 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
597 |
\begin{prop}\label{avoiding} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
598 |
For a finite set @{text as} and a finitely supported @{text x} with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
599 |
@{term "as \<sharp>* x"} and also a finitely supported @{text c}, there |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
600 |
exists a permutation @{text p} such that @{term "(p \<bullet> as) \<sharp>* c"} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
601 |
@{term "supp x \<sharp>* p"}. |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
602 |
\end{prop} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
603 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
604 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
605 |
The idea behind the second property is that given a finite set @{text as} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
606 |
of binders (being bound, or fresh, in @{text x} is ensured by the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
607 |
assumption @{term "as \<sharp>* x"}), then there exists a permutation @{text p} such that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
608 |
the renamed binders @{term "p \<bullet> as"} avoid @{text c} (which can be arbitrarily chosen |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
609 |
as long as it is finitely supported) and also @{text "p"} does not affect anything |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
610 |
in the support of @{text x} (that is @{term "supp x \<sharp>* p"}). The last |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
611 |
fact and Property~\ref{supppermeq} allow us to ``rename'' just the binders |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
612 |
@{text as} in @{text x}, because @{term "p \<bullet> x = x"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
613 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
614 |
Most properties given in this section are described in detail in \cite{HuffmanUrban10} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
615 |
and all are formalised in Isabelle/HOL. In the next sections we will make |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
616 |
extensive use of these properties in order to define alpha-equivalence in |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
617 |
the presence of multiple binders. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
618 |
*} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
619 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
620 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
621 |
section {* General Bindings\label{sec:binders} *} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
622 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
623 |
text {* |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
624 |
In Nominal Isabelle, the user is expected to write down a specification of a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
625 |
term-calculus and then a reasoning infrastructure is automatically derived |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
626 |
from this specification (remember that Nominal Isabelle is a definitional |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
627 |
extension of Isabelle/HOL, which does not introduce any new axioms). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
628 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
629 |
In order to keep our work with deriving the reasoning infrastructure |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
630 |
manageable, we will wherever possible state definitions and perform proofs |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
631 |
on the ``user-level'' of Isabelle/HOL, as opposed to write custom ML-code. that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
632 |
generates them anew for each specification. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
633 |
To that end, we will consider |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
634 |
first pairs @{text "(as, x)"} of type @{text "(atom set) \<times> \<beta>"}. These pairs |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
635 |
are intended to represent the abstraction, or binding, of the set of atoms @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
636 |
"as"} in the body @{text "x"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
637 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
638 |
The first question we have to answer is when two pairs @{text "(as, x)"} and |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
639 |
@{text "(bs, y)"} are alpha-equivalent? (For the moment we are interested in |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
640 |
the notion of alpha-equivalence that is \emph{not} preserved by adding |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
641 |
vacuous binders.) To answer this question, we identify four conditions: {\it (i)} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
642 |
given a free-atom function @{text "fa"} of type \mbox{@{text "\<beta> \<Rightarrow> atom |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
643 |
set"}}, then @{text x} and @{text y} need to have the same set of free |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
644 |
atoms; moreover there must be a permutation @{text p} such that {\it |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
645 |
(ii)} @{text p} leaves the free atoms of @{text x} and @{text y} unchanged, but |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
646 |
{\it (iii)} ``moves'' their bound names so that we obtain modulo a relation, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
647 |
say \mbox{@{text "_ R _"}}, two equivalent terms. We also require that {\it (iv)} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
648 |
@{text p} makes the sets of abstracted atoms @{text as} and @{text bs} equal. The |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
649 |
requirements {\it (i)} to {\it (iv)} can be stated formally as the conjunction of: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
650 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
651 |
\begin{equation}\label{alphaset} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
652 |
\begin{array}{@ {\hspace{10mm}}l@ {\hspace{5mm}}l@ {\hspace{10mm}}l@ {\hspace{5mm}}l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
653 |
\multicolumn{4}{l}{@{term "(as, x) \<approx>set R fa p (bs, y)"}\hspace{2mm}@{text "\<equiv>"}}\\[1mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
654 |
\mbox{\it (i)} & @{term "fa(x) - as = fa(y) - bs"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
655 |
\mbox{\it (iii)} & @{text "(p \<bullet> x) R y"} \\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
656 |
\mbox{\it (ii)} & @{term "(fa(x) - as) \<sharp>* p"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
657 |
\mbox{\it (iv)} & @{term "(p \<bullet> as) = bs"} \\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
658 |
\end{array} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
659 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
660 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
661 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
662 |
Note that this relation depends on the permutation @{text |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
663 |
"p"}; alpha-equivalence between two pairs is then the relation where we |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
664 |
existentially quantify over this @{text "p"}. Also note that the relation is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
665 |
dependent on a free-atom function @{text "fa"} and a relation @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
666 |
"R"}. The reason for this extra generality is that we will use |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
667 |
$\approx_{\,\textit{set}}$ for both ``raw'' terms and alpha-equated terms. In |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
668 |
the latter case, @{text R} will be replaced by equality @{text "="} and we |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
669 |
will prove that @{text "fa"} is equal to @{text "supp"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
670 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
671 |
The definition in \eqref{alphaset} does not make any distinction between the |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
672 |
order of abstracted atoms. If we want this, then we can define alpha-equivalence |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
673 |
for pairs of the form \mbox{@{text "(as, x)"}} with type @{text "(atom list) \<times> \<beta>"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
674 |
as follows |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
675 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
676 |
\begin{equation}\label{alphalist} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
677 |
\begin{array}{@ {\hspace{10mm}}l@ {\hspace{5mm}}l@ {\hspace{10mm}}l@ {\hspace{5mm}}l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
678 |
\multicolumn{4}{l}{@{term "(as, x) \<approx>lst R fa p (bs, y)"}\hspace{2mm}@{text "\<equiv>"}}\\[1mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
679 |
\mbox{\it (i)} & @{term "fa(x) - (set as) = fa(y) - (set bs)"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
680 |
\mbox{\it (iii)} & @{text "(p \<bullet> x) R y"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
681 |
\mbox{\it (ii)} & @{term "(fa(x) - set as) \<sharp>* p"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
682 |
\mbox{\it (iv)} & @{term "(p \<bullet> as) = bs"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
683 |
\end{array} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
684 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
685 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
686 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
687 |
where @{term set} is the function that coerces a list of atoms into a set of atoms. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
688 |
Now the last clause ensures that the order of the binders matters (since @{text as} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
689 |
and @{text bs} are lists of atoms). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
690 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
691 |
If we do not want to make any difference between the order of binders \emph{and} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
692 |
also allow vacuous binders, that means \emph{restrict} names, then we keep sets of binders, but drop |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
693 |
condition {\it (iv)} in \eqref{alphaset}: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
694 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
695 |
\begin{equation}\label{alphares} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
696 |
\begin{array}{@ {\hspace{10mm}}l@ {\hspace{5mm}}l@ {\hspace{10mm}}l@ {\hspace{5mm}}l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
697 |
\multicolumn{2}{l}{@{term "(as, x) \<approx>res R fa p (bs, y)"}\hspace{2mm}@{text "\<equiv>"}}\\[1mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
698 |
\mbox{\it (i)} & @{term "fa(x) - as = fa(y) - bs"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
699 |
\mbox{\it (iii)} & @{text "(p \<bullet> x) R y"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
700 |
\mbox{\it (ii)} & @{term "(fa(x) - as) \<sharp>* p"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
701 |
\end{array} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
702 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
703 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
704 |
It might be useful to consider first some examples how these definitions |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
705 |
of alpha-equivalence pan out in practice. For this consider the case of |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
706 |
abstracting a set of atoms over types (as in type-schemes). We set |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
707 |
@{text R} to be the usual equality @{text "="} and for @{text "fa(T)"} we |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
708 |
define |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
709 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
710 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
711 |
@{text "fa(x) = {x}"} \hspace{5mm} @{text "fa(T\<^isub>1 \<rightarrow> T\<^isub>2) = fa(T\<^isub>1) \<union> fa(T\<^isub>2)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
712 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
713 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
714 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
715 |
Now recall the examples shown in \eqref{ex1} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
716 |
\eqref{ex3}. It can be easily checked that @{text "({x, y}, x \<rightarrow> y)"} and |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
717 |
@{text "({y, x}, y \<rightarrow> x)"} are alpha-equivalent according to |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
718 |
$\approx_{\,\textit{set}}$ and $\approx_{\,\textit{set+}}$ by taking @{text p} to |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
719 |
be the swapping @{term "(x \<rightleftharpoons> y)"}. In case of @{text "x \<noteq> y"}, then @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
720 |
"([x, y], x \<rightarrow> y)"} $\not\approx_{\,\textit{list}}$ @{text "([y, x], x \<rightarrow> y)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
721 |
since there is no permutation that makes the lists @{text "[x, y]"} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
722 |
@{text "[y, x]"} equal, and also leaves the type \mbox{@{text "x \<rightarrow> y"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
723 |
unchanged. Another example is @{text "({x}, x)"} $\approx_{\,\textit{set+}}$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
724 |
@{text "({x, y}, x)"} which holds by taking @{text p} to be the identity |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
725 |
permutation. However, if @{text "x \<noteq> y"}, then @{text "({x}, x)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
726 |
$\not\approx_{\,\textit{set}}$ @{text "({x, y}, x)"} since there is no |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
727 |
permutation that makes the sets @{text "{x}"} and @{text "{x, y}"} equal |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
728 |
(similarly for $\approx_{\,\textit{list}}$). It can also relatively easily be |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
729 |
shown that all three notions of alpha-equivalence coincide, if we only |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
730 |
abstract a single atom. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
731 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
732 |
In the rest of this section we are going to introduce three abstraction |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
733 |
types. For this we define |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
734 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
735 |
\begin{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
736 |
@{term "abs_set (as, x) (bs, x) \<equiv> \<exists>p. alpha_set (as, x) equal supp p (bs, x)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
737 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
738 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
739 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
740 |
(similarly for $\approx_{\,\textit{abs\_set+}}$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
741 |
and $\approx_{\,\textit{abs\_list}}$). We can show that these relations are equivalence |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
742 |
relations. %% and equivariant. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
743 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
744 |
\begin{lem}\label{alphaeq} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
745 |
The relations $\approx_{\,\textit{abs\_set}}$, $\approx_{\,\textit{abs\_list}}$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
746 |
and $\approx_{\,\textit{abs\_set+}}$ are equivalence relations. %, and if |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
747 |
%@{term "abs_set (as, x) (bs, y)"} then also |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
748 |
%@{term "abs_set (p \<bullet> as, p \<bullet> x) (p \<bullet> bs, p \<bullet> y)"} (similarly for the other two relations). |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
749 |
\end{lem} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
750 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
751 |
\begin{proof} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
752 |
Reflexivity is by taking @{text "p"} to be @{text "0"}. For symmetry we have |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
753 |
a permutation @{text p} and for the proof obligation take @{term "-p"}. In case |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
754 |
of transitivity, we have two permutations @{text p} and @{text q}, and for the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
755 |
proof obligation use @{text "q + p"}. All conditions are then by simple |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
756 |
calculations. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
757 |
\end{proof} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
758 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
759 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
760 |
This lemma allows us to use our quotient package for introducing |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
761 |
new types @{text "\<beta> abs_set"}, @{text "\<beta> abs_set+"} and @{text "\<beta> abs_list"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
762 |
representing alpha-equivalence classes of pairs of type |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
763 |
@{text "(atom set) \<times> \<beta>"} (in the first two cases) and of type @{text "(atom list) \<times> \<beta>"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
764 |
(in the third case). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
765 |
The elements in these types will be, respectively, written as |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
766 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
767 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
768 |
@{term "Abs_set as x"}, \hspace{5mm} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
769 |
@{term "Abs_res as x"} and \hspace{5mm} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
770 |
@{term "Abs_lst as x"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
771 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
772 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
773 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
774 |
indicating that a set (or list) of atoms @{text as} is abstracted in @{text x}. We will |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
775 |
call the types \emph{abstraction types} and their elements |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
776 |
\emph{abstractions}. The important property we need to derive is the support of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
777 |
abstractions, namely: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
778 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
779 |
\begin{thm}[Support of Abstractions]\label{suppabs} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
780 |
Assuming @{text x} has finite support, then |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
781 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
782 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
783 |
\begin{tabular}{l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
784 |
@{thm (lhs) supp_Abs(1)[no_vars]} $\;\;=\;\;$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
785 |
@{thm (lhs) supp_Abs(2)[no_vars]} $\;\;=\;\;$ @{thm (rhs) supp_Abs(2)[no_vars]}, and\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
786 |
@{thm (lhs) supp_Abs(3)[where bs="bs", no_vars]} $\;\;=\;\;$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
787 |
@{thm (rhs) supp_Abs(3)[where bs="bs", no_vars]} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
788 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
789 |
\end{center} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
790 |
\end{thm} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
791 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
792 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
793 |
This theorem states that the bound names do not appear in the support. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
794 |
For brevity we omit the proof and again refer the reader to |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
795 |
our formalisation in Isabelle/HOL. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
796 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
797 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
798 |
Below we will show the first equation. The others |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
799 |
follow by similar arguments. By definition of the abstraction type @{text "abs_set"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
800 |
we have |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
801 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
802 |
\begin{equation}\label{abseqiff} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
803 |
@{thm (lhs) Abs_eq_iff(1)[where bs="as" and cs="bs", no_vars]} \;\;\text{if and only if}\;\; |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
804 |
@{thm (rhs) Abs_eq_iff(1)[where bs="as" and cs="bs", no_vars]} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
805 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
806 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
807 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
808 |
and also |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
809 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
810 |
\begin{equation}\label{absperm} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
811 |
@{thm permute_Abs[no_vars]} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
812 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
813 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
814 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
815 |
The second fact derives from the definition of permutations acting on pairs |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
816 |
\eqref{permute} and alpha-equivalence being equivariant |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
817 |
(see Lemma~\ref{alphaeq}). With these two facts at our disposal, we can show |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
818 |
the following lemma about swapping two atoms in an abstraction. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
819 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
820 |
\begin{lem} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
821 |
@{thm[mode=IfThen] Abs_swap1(1)[where bs="as", no_vars]} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
822 |
\end{lem} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
823 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
824 |
\begin{proof} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
825 |
This lemma is straightforward using \eqref{abseqiff} and observing that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
826 |
the assumptions give us @{term "(a \<rightleftharpoons> b) \<bullet> (supp x - as) = (supp x - as)"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
827 |
Moreover @{text supp} and set difference are equivariant (see \cite{HuffmanUrban10}). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
828 |
\end{proof} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
829 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
830 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
831 |
Assuming that @{text "x"} has finite support, this lemma together |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
832 |
with \eqref{absperm} allows us to show |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
833 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
834 |
\begin{equation}\label{halfone} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
835 |
@{thm Abs_supports(1)[no_vars]} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
836 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
837 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
838 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
839 |
which by Property~\ref{supportsprop} gives us ``one half'' of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
840 |
Theorem~\ref{suppabs}. The ``other half'' is a bit more involved. To establish |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
841 |
it, we use a trick from \cite{Pitts04} and first define an auxiliary |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
842 |
function @{text aux}, taking an abstraction as argument: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
843 |
@{thm supp_set.simps[THEN eq_reflection, no_vars]}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
844 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
845 |
Using the second equation in \eqref{equivariance}, we can show that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
846 |
@{text "aux"} is equivariant (since @{term "p \<bullet> (supp x - as) = (supp (p \<bullet> x)) - (p \<bullet> as)"}) |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
847 |
and therefore has empty support. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
848 |
This in turn means |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
849 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
850 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
851 |
@{term "supp (supp_gen (Abs_set as x)) \<subseteq> supp (Abs_set as x)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
852 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
853 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
854 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
855 |
using \eqref{suppfun}. Assuming @{term "supp x - as"} is a finite set, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
856 |
we further obtain |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
857 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
858 |
\begin{equation}\label{halftwo} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
859 |
@{thm (concl) Abs_supp_subset1(1)[no_vars]} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
860 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
861 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
862 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
863 |
since for finite sets of atoms, @{text "bs"}, we have |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
864 |
@{thm (concl) supp_finite_atom_set[where S="bs", no_vars]}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
865 |
Finally, taking \eqref{halfone} and \eqref{halftwo} together establishes |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
866 |
Theorem~\ref{suppabs}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
867 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
868 |
The method of first considering abstractions of the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
869 |
form @{term "Abs_set as x"} etc is motivated by the fact that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
870 |
we can conveniently establish at the Isabelle/HOL level |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
871 |
properties about them. It would be |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
872 |
laborious to write custom ML-code that derives automatically such properties |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
873 |
for every term-constructor that binds some atoms. Also the generality of |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
874 |
the definitions for alpha-equivalence will help us in the next sections. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
875 |
*} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
876 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
877 |
section {* Specifying General Bindings\label{sec:spec} *} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
878 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
879 |
text {* |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
880 |
Our choice of syntax for specifications is influenced by the existing |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
881 |
datatype package of Isabelle/HOL \cite{Berghofer99} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
882 |
and by the syntax of the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
883 |
Ott-tool \cite{ott-jfp}. For us a specification of a term-calculus is a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
884 |
collection of (possibly mutual recursive) type declarations, say @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
885 |
"ty\<AL>\<^isub>1, \<dots>, ty\<AL>\<^isub>n"}, and an associated collection of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
886 |
binding functions, say @{text "bn\<AL>\<^isub>1, \<dots>, bn\<AL>\<^isub>m"}. The |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
887 |
syntax in Nominal Isabelle for such specifications is roughly as follows: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
888 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
889 |
\begin{equation}\label{scheme} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
890 |
\mbox{\begin{tabular}{@ {}p{2.5cm}l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
891 |
type \mbox{declaration part} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
892 |
$\begin{cases} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
893 |
\mbox{\begin{tabular}{l} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
894 |
\isacommand{nominal\_datatype} @{text "ty\<AL>\<^isub>1 = \<dots>"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
895 |
\isacommand{and} @{text "ty\<AL>\<^isub>2 = \<dots>"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
896 |
\raisebox{2mm}{$\ldots$}\\[-2mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
897 |
\isacommand{and} @{text "ty\<AL>\<^isub>n = \<dots>"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
898 |
\end{tabular}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
899 |
\end{cases}$\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
900 |
binding \mbox{function part} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
901 |
$\begin{cases} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
902 |
\mbox{\begin{tabular}{l} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
903 |
\isacommand{binder} @{text "bn\<AL>\<^isub>1"} \isacommand{and} \ldots \isacommand{and} @{text "bn\<AL>\<^isub>m"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
904 |
\isacommand{where}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
905 |
\raisebox{2mm}{$\ldots$}\\[-2mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
906 |
\end{tabular}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
907 |
\end{cases}$\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
908 |
\end{tabular}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
909 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
910 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
911 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
912 |
Every type declaration @{text ty}$^\alpha_{1..n}$ consists of a collection of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
913 |
term-constructors, each of which comes with a list of labelled |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
914 |
types that stand for the types of the arguments of the term-constructor. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
915 |
For example a term-constructor @{text "C\<^sup>\<alpha>"} might be specified with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
916 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
917 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
918 |
@{text "C\<^sup>\<alpha> label\<^isub>1::ty"}$'_1$ @{text "\<dots> label\<^isub>l::ty"}$'_l\;\;$ @{text "binding_clauses"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
919 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
920 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
921 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
922 |
whereby some of the @{text ty}$'_{1..l}$ (or their components) |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
923 |
can be contained |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
924 |
in the collection of @{text ty}$^\alpha_{1..n}$ declared in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
925 |
\eqref{scheme}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
926 |
In this case we will call the corresponding argument a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
927 |
\emph{recursive argument} of @{text "C\<^sup>\<alpha>"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
928 |
The types of such recursive |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
929 |
arguments need to satisfy a ``positivity'' |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
930 |
restriction, which ensures that the type has a set-theoretic semantics |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
931 |
\cite{Berghofer99}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
932 |
The labels |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
933 |
annotated on the types are optional. Their purpose is to be used in the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
934 |
(possibly empty) list of \emph{binding clauses}, which indicate the binders |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
935 |
and their scope in a term-constructor. They come in three \emph{modes}: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
936 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
937 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
938 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
939 |
\isacommand{bind} {\it binders} \isacommand{in} {\it bodies}\;\;\;\, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
940 |
\isacommand{bind (set)} {\it binders} \isacommand{in} {\it bodies}\;\;\;\, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
941 |
\isacommand{bind (set+)} {\it binders} \isacommand{in} {\it bodies} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
942 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
943 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
944 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
945 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
946 |
The first mode is for binding lists of atoms (the order of binders matters); |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
947 |
the second is for sets of binders (the order does not matter, but the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
948 |
cardinality does) and the last is for sets of binders (with vacuous binders |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
949 |
preserving alpha-equivalence). As indicated, the labels in the ``\isacommand{in}-part'' of a binding |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
950 |
clause will be called \emph{bodies}; the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
951 |
``\isacommand{bind}-part'' will be called \emph{binders}. In contrast to |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
952 |
Ott, we allow multiple labels in binders and bodies. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
953 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
954 |
For example we allow |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
955 |
binding clauses of the form: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
956 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
957 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
958 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}ll@ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
959 |
@{text "Foo\<^isub>1 x::name y::name t::trm s::trm"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
960 |
\isacommand{bind} @{text "x y"} \isacommand{in} @{text "t s"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
961 |
@{text "Foo\<^isub>2 x::name y::name t::trm s::trm"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
962 |
\isacommand{bind} @{text "x y"} \isacommand{in} @{text "t"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
963 |
\isacommand{bind} @{text "x y"} \isacommand{in} @{text "s"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
964 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
965 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
966 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
967 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
968 |
Similarly for the other binding modes. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
969 |
Interestingly, in case of \isacommand{bind (set)} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
970 |
and \isacommand{bind (set+)} the binding clauses above will make a difference to the semantics |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
971 |
of the specifications (the corresponding alpha-equivalence will differ). We will |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
972 |
show this later with an example. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
973 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
974 |
There are also some restrictions we need to impose on our binding clauses in comparison to |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
975 |
the ones of Ott. The |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
976 |
main idea behind these restrictions is that we obtain a sensible notion of |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
977 |
alpha-equivalence where it is ensured that within a given scope an |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
978 |
atom occurrence cannot be both bound and free at the same time. The first |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
979 |
restriction is that a body can only occur in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
980 |
\emph{one} binding clause of a term constructor (this ensures that the bound |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
981 |
atoms of a body cannot be free at the same time by specifying an |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
982 |
alternative binder for the same body). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
983 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
984 |
For binders we distinguish between |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
985 |
\emph{shallow} and \emph{deep} binders. Shallow binders are just |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
986 |
labels. The restriction we need to impose on them is that in case of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
987 |
\isacommand{bind (set)} and \isacommand{bind (set+)} the labels must either |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
988 |
refer to atom types or to sets of atom types; in case of \isacommand{bind} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
989 |
the labels must refer to atom types or lists of atom types. Two examples for |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
990 |
the use of shallow binders are the specification of lambda-terms, where a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
991 |
single name is bound, and type-schemes, where a finite set of names is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
992 |
bound: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
993 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
994 |
\begin{center} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
995 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}c@ {\hspace{7mm}}c@ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
996 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
997 |
\isacommand{nominal\_datatype} @{text lam} $=$\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
998 |
\hspace{2mm}\phantom{$\mid$}~@{text "Var name"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
999 |
\hspace{2mm}$\mid$~@{text "App lam lam"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1000 |
\hspace{2mm}$\mid$~@{text "Lam x::name t::lam"}~~\isacommand{bind} @{text x} \isacommand{in} @{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1001 |
\end{tabular} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1002 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1003 |
\isacommand{nominal\_datatype}~@{text ty} $=$\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1004 |
\hspace{5mm}\phantom{$\mid$}~@{text "TVar name"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1005 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{text "TFun ty ty"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1006 |
\isacommand{and}~@{text "tsc = All xs::(name fset) T::ty"}~~% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1007 |
\isacommand{bind (set+)} @{text xs} \isacommand{in} @{text T}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1008 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1009 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1010 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1011 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1012 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1013 |
In these specifications @{text "name"} refers to an atom type, and @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1014 |
"fset"} to the type of finite sets. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1015 |
Note that for @{text lam} it does not matter which binding mode we use. The |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1016 |
reason is that we bind only a single @{text name}. However, having |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1017 |
\isacommand{bind (set)} or \isacommand{bind} in the second case makes a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1018 |
difference to the semantics of the specification (which we will define in the next section). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1019 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1020 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1021 |
A \emph{deep} binder uses an auxiliary binding function that ``picks'' out |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1022 |
the atoms in one argument of the term-constructor, which can be bound in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1023 |
other arguments and also in the same argument (we will call such binders |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1024 |
\emph{recursive}, see below). The binding functions are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1025 |
expected to return either a set of atoms (for \isacommand{bind (set)} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1026 |
\isacommand{bind (set+)}) or a list of atoms (for \isacommand{bind}). They can |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1027 |
be defined by recursion over the corresponding type; the equations |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1028 |
must be given in the binding function part of the scheme shown in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1029 |
\eqref{scheme}. For example a term-calculus containing @{text "Let"}s with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1030 |
tuple patterns might be specified as: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1031 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1032 |
\begin{equation}\label{letpat} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1033 |
\mbox{% |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1034 |
\begin{tabular}{l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1035 |
\isacommand{nominal\_datatype} @{text trm} $=$\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1036 |
\hspace{5mm}\phantom{$\mid$}~@{term "Var name"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1037 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{term "App trm trm"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1038 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{text "Lam x::name t::trm"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1039 |
\;\;\isacommand{bind} @{text x} \isacommand{in} @{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1040 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{text "Let p::pat trm t::trm"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1041 |
\;\;\isacommand{bind} @{text "bn(p)"} \isacommand{in} @{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1042 |
\isacommand{and} @{text pat} $=$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1043 |
@{text PNil} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1044 |
$\mid$~@{text "PVar name"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1045 |
$\mid$~@{text "PTup pat pat"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1046 |
\isacommand{binder}~@{text "bn::pat \<Rightarrow> atom list"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1047 |
\isacommand{where}~@{text "bn(PNil) = []"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1048 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{text "bn(PVar x) = [atom x]"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1049 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{text "bn(PTup p\<^isub>1 p\<^isub>2) = bn(p\<^isub>1) @ bn(p\<^isub>2)"}\smallskip\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1050 |
\end{tabular}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1051 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1052 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1053 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1054 |
In this specification the function @{text "bn"} determines which atoms of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1055 |
the pattern @{text p} are bound in the argument @{text "t"}. Note that in the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1056 |
second-last @{text bn}-clause the function @{text "atom"} coerces a name |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1057 |
into the generic atom type of Nominal Isabelle \cite{HuffmanUrban10}. This |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1058 |
allows us to treat binders of different atom type uniformly. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1059 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1060 |
As said above, for deep binders we allow binding clauses such as |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1061 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1062 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1063 |
\begin{tabular}{ll} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1064 |
@{text "Bar p::pat t::trm"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1065 |
\isacommand{bind} @{text "bn(p)"} \isacommand{in} @{text "p t"} \\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1066 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1067 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1068 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1069 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1070 |
where the argument of the deep binder also occurs in the body. We call such |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1071 |
binders \emph{recursive}. To see the purpose of such recursive binders, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1072 |
compare ``plain'' @{text "Let"}s and @{text "Let_rec"}s in the following |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1073 |
specification: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1074 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1075 |
\begin{equation}\label{letrecs} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1076 |
\mbox{% |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1077 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1078 |
\isacommand{nominal\_datatype}~@{text "trm ="}~\ldots\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1079 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{text "Let as::assn t::trm"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1080 |
\;\;\isacommand{bind} @{text "bn(as)"} \isacommand{in} @{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1081 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{text "Let_rec as::assn t::trm"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1082 |
\;\;\isacommand{bind} @{text "bn(as)"} \isacommand{in} @{text "as t"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1083 |
\isacommand{and} @{text "assn"} $=$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1084 |
@{text "ANil"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1085 |
$\mid$~@{text "ACons name trm assn"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1086 |
\isacommand{binder} @{text "bn::assn \<Rightarrow> atom list"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1087 |
\isacommand{where}~@{text "bn(ANil) = []"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1088 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{text "bn(ACons a t as) = [atom a] @ bn(as)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1089 |
\end{tabular}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1090 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1091 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1092 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1093 |
The difference is that with @{text Let} we only want to bind the atoms @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1094 |
"bn(as)"} in the term @{text t}, but with @{text "Let_rec"} we also want to bind the atoms |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1095 |
inside the assignment. This difference has consequences for the associated |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1096 |
notions of free-atoms and alpha-equivalence. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1097 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1098 |
To make sure that atoms bound by deep binders cannot be free at the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1099 |
same time, we cannot have more than one binding function for a deep binder. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1100 |
Consequently we exclude specifications such as |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1101 |
% |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1102 |
\begin{center} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1103 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {\hspace{2mm}}l@ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1104 |
@{text "Baz\<^isub>1 p::pat t::trm"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1105 |
\isacommand{bind} @{text "bn\<^isub>1(p) bn\<^isub>2(p)"} \isacommand{in} @{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1106 |
@{text "Baz\<^isub>2 p::pat t\<^isub>1::trm t\<^isub>2::trm"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1107 |
\isacommand{bind} @{text "bn\<^isub>1(p)"} \isacommand{in} @{text "t\<^isub>1"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1108 |
\isacommand{bind} @{text "bn\<^isub>2(p)"} \isacommand{in} @{text "t\<^isub>2"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1109 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1110 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1111 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1112 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1113 |
Otherwise it is possible that @{text "bn\<^isub>1"} and @{text "bn\<^isub>2"} pick |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1114 |
out different atoms to become bound, respectively be free, in @{text "p"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1115 |
(Since the Ott-tool does not derive a reasoning infrastructure for |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1116 |
alpha-equated terms with deep binders, it can permit such specifications.) |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1117 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1118 |
We also need to restrict the form of the binding functions in order |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1119 |
to ensure the @{text "bn"}-functions can be defined for alpha-equated |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1120 |
terms. The main restriction is that we cannot return an atom in a binding function that is also |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1121 |
bound in the corresponding term-constructor. That means in \eqref{letpat} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1122 |
that the term-constructors @{text PVar} and @{text PTup} may |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1123 |
not have a binding clause (all arguments are used to define @{text "bn"}). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1124 |
In contrast, in case of \eqref{letrecs} the term-constructor @{text ACons} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1125 |
may have a binding clause involving the argument @{text trm} (the only one that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1126 |
is \emph{not} used in the definition of the binding function). This restriction |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1127 |
is sufficient for lifting the binding function to alpha-equated terms. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1128 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1129 |
In the version of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1130 |
Nominal Isabelle described here, we also adopted the restriction from the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1131 |
Ott-tool that binding functions can only return: the empty set or empty list |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1132 |
(as in case @{text PNil}), a singleton set or singleton list containing an |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1133 |
atom (case @{text PVar}), or unions of atom sets or appended atom lists |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1134 |
(case @{text PTup}). This restriction will simplify some automatic definitions and proofs |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1135 |
later on. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1136 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1137 |
In order to simplify our definitions of free atoms and alpha-equivalence, |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1138 |
we shall assume specifications |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1139 |
of term-calculi are implicitly \emph{completed}. By this we mean that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1140 |
for every argument of a term-constructor that is \emph{not} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1141 |
already part of a binding clause given by the user, we add implicitly a special \emph{empty} binding |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
clause, written \isacommand{bind}~@{term "{}"}~\isacommand{in}~@{text "labels"}. In case |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1143 |
of the lambda-terms, the completion produces |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1144 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
\begin{center} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1146 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {\hspace{-1mm}}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1147 |
\isacommand{nominal\_datatype} @{text lam} =\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1148 |
\hspace{5mm}\phantom{$\mid$}~@{text "Var x::name"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
\;\;\isacommand{bind}~@{term "{}"}~\isacommand{in}~@{text "x"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1150 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{text "App t\<^isub>1::lam t\<^isub>2::lam"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1151 |
\;\;\isacommand{bind}~@{term "{}"}~\isacommand{in}~@{text "t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1152 |
\hspace{5mm}$\mid$~@{text "Lam x::name t::lam"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1153 |
\;\;\isacommand{bind}~@{text x} \isacommand{in} @{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1154 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1155 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1156 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1157 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1158 |
The point of completion is that we can make definitions over the binding |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1159 |
clauses and be sure to have captured all arguments of a term constructor. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1160 |
*} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1161 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1162 |
section {* Alpha-Equivalence and Free Atoms\label{sec:alpha} *} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1163 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1164 |
text {* |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1165 |
Having dealt with all syntax matters, the problem now is how we can turn |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1166 |
specifications into actual type definitions in Isabelle/HOL and then |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1167 |
establish a reasoning infrastructure for them. As |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1168 |
Pottier and Cheney pointed out \cite{Pottier06,Cheney05}, just |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1169 |
re-arranging the arguments of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1170 |
term-constructors so that binders and their bodies are next to each other will |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1171 |
result in inadequate representations in cases like @{text "Let x\<^isub>1 = t\<^isub>1\<dots>x\<^isub>n = t\<^isub>n in s"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1172 |
Therefore we will first |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1173 |
extract ``raw'' datatype definitions from the specification and then define |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1174 |
explicitly an alpha-equivalence relation over them. We subsequently |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1175 |
construct the quotient of the datatypes according to our alpha-equivalence. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1176 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1177 |
The ``raw'' datatype definition can be obtained by stripping off the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1178 |
binding clauses and the labels from the types. We also have to invent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1179 |
new names for the types @{text "ty\<^sup>\<alpha>"} and term-constructors @{text "C\<^sup>\<alpha>"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1180 |
given by the user. In our implementation we just use the affix ``@{text "_raw"}''. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1181 |
But for the purpose of this paper, we use the superscript @{text "_\<^sup>\<alpha>"} to indicate |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1182 |
that a notion is given for alpha-equivalence classes and leave it out |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1183 |
for the corresponding notion given on the ``raw'' level. So for example |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1184 |
we have @{text "ty\<^sup>\<alpha> \<mapsto> ty"} and @{text "C\<^sup>\<alpha> \<mapsto> C"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1185 |
where @{term ty} is the type used in the quotient construction for |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1186 |
@{text "ty\<^sup>\<alpha>"} and @{text "C"} is the term-constructor on the ``raw'' type @{text "ty"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1187 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1188 |
The resulting datatype definition is legal in Isabelle/HOL provided the datatypes are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1189 |
non-empty and the types in the constructors only occur in positive |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1190 |
position (see \cite{Berghofer99} for an in-depth description of the datatype package |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1191 |
in Isabelle/HOL). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1192 |
We subsequently define each of the user-specified binding |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1193 |
functions @{term "bn"}$_{1..m}$ by recursion over the corresponding |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1194 |
raw datatype. We can also easily define permutation operations by |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1195 |
recursion so that for each term constructor @{text "C"} we have that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1196 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1197 |
\begin{equation}\label{ceqvt} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1198 |
@{text "p \<bullet> (C z\<^isub>1 \<dots> z\<^isub>n) = C (p \<bullet> z\<^isub>1) \<dots> (p \<bullet> z\<^isub>n)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1199 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1200 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1201 |
The first non-trivial step we have to perform is the generation of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1202 |
free-atom functions from the specification. For the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1203 |
\emph{raw} types @{text "ty"}$_{1..n}$ we define the free-atom functions |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1204 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1205 |
\begin{equation}\label{fvars} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1206 |
\mbox{@{text "fa_ty"}$_{1..n}$} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1207 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1208 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1209 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1210 |
by recursion. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1211 |
We define these functions together with auxiliary free-atom functions for |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1212 |
the binding functions. Given raw binding functions @{text "bn"}$_{1..m}$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1213 |
we define |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1214 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1215 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1216 |
@{text "fa_bn"}$_{1..m}$. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1217 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1218 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1219 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1220 |
The reason for this setup is that in a deep binder not all atoms have to be |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1221 |
bound, as we saw in the example with ``plain'' @{text Let}s. We need therefore a function |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1222 |
that calculates those free atoms in a deep binder. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1223 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1224 |
While the idea behind these free-atom functions is clear (they just |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1225 |
collect all atoms that are not bound), because of our rather complicated |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1226 |
binding mechanisms their definitions are somewhat involved. Given |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1227 |
a term-constructor @{text "C"} of type @{text ty} and some associated |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1228 |
binding clauses @{text "bc\<^isub>1\<dots>bc\<^isub>k"}, the result of @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1229 |
"fa_ty (C z\<^isub>1 \<dots> z\<^isub>n)"} will be the union @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1230 |
"fa(bc\<^isub>1) \<union> \<dots> \<union> fa(bc\<^isub>k)"} where we will define below what @{text "fa"} for a binding |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1231 |
clause means. We only show the details for the mode \isacommand{bind (set)} (the other modes are similar). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1232 |
Suppose the binding clause @{text bc\<^isub>i} is of the form |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1233 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1234 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1235 |
\mbox{\isacommand{bind (set)} @{text "b\<^isub>1\<dots>b\<^isub>p"} \isacommand{in} @{text "d\<^isub>1\<dots>d\<^isub>q"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1236 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1237 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1238 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1239 |
in which the body-labels @{text "d"}$_{1..q}$ refer to types @{text ty}$_{1..q}$, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1240 |
and the binders @{text b}$_{1..p}$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1241 |
either refer to labels of atom types (in case of shallow binders) or to binding |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1242 |
functions taking a single label as argument (in case of deep binders). Assuming |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1243 |
@{text "D"} stands for the set of free atoms of the bodies, @{text B} for the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1244 |
set of binding atoms in the binders and @{text "B'"} for the set of free atoms in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1245 |
non-recursive deep binders, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1246 |
then the free atoms of the binding clause @{text bc\<^isub>i} are\\[-2mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1247 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1248 |
\begin{equation}\label{fadef} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1249 |
\mbox{@{text "fa(bc\<^isub>i) \<equiv> (D - B) \<union> B'"}}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1250 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1251 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1252 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1253 |
The set @{text D} is formally defined as |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1254 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1255 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1256 |
@{text "D \<equiv> fa_ty\<^isub>1 d\<^isub>1 \<union> ... \<union> fa_ty\<^isub>q d\<^isub>q"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1257 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1258 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1259 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1260 |
where in case @{text "d\<^isub>i"} refers to one of the raw types @{text "ty"}$_{1..n}$ from the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1261 |
specification, the function @{text "fa_ty\<^isub>i"} is the corresponding free-atom function |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1262 |
we are defining by recursion; |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1263 |
(see \eqref{fvars}); |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1264 |
otherwise we set @{text "fa_ty\<^isub>i d\<^isub>i = supp d\<^isub>i"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1265 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1266 |
In order to formally define the set @{text B} we use the following auxiliary @{text "bn"}-functions |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1267 |
for atom types to which shallow binders may refer\\[-4mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1268 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1269 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1270 |
\begin{tabular}{r@ {\hspace{2mm}}c@ {\hspace{2mm}}l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1271 |
@{text "bn_atom a"} & @{text "\<equiv>"} & @{text "{atom a}"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1272 |
@{text "bn_atom_set as"} & @{text "\<equiv>"} & @{text "atoms as"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1273 |
@{text "bn_atom_list as"} & @{text "\<equiv>"} & @{text "atoms (set as)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1274 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1275 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1276 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1277 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1278 |
@{text "bn\<^bsub>atom\<^esub> a \<equiv> {atom a}"}\hfill |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1279 |
@{text "bn\<^bsub>atom_set\<^esub> as \<equiv> atoms as"}\hfill |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1280 |
@{text "bn\<^bsub>atom_list\<^esub> as \<equiv> atoms (set as)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1281 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1282 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1283 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1284 |
Like the function @{text atom}, the function @{text "atoms"} coerces |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1285 |
a set of atoms to a set of the generic atom type. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1286 |
It is defined as @{text "atoms as \<equiv> {atom a | a \<in> as}"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1287 |
The set @{text B} is then formally defined as\\[-4mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1288 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1289 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1290 |
@{text "B \<equiv> bn_ty\<^isub>1 b\<^isub>1 \<union> ... \<union> bn_ty\<^isub>p b\<^isub>p"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1291 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1292 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1293 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1294 |
where we use the auxiliary binding functions for shallow binders. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1295 |
The set @{text "B'"} collects all free atoms in non-recursive deep |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1296 |
binders. Let us assume these binders in @{text "bc\<^isub>i"} are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1297 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1298 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1299 |
\mbox{@{text "bn\<^isub>1 l\<^isub>1, \<dots>, bn\<^isub>r l\<^isub>r"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1300 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1301 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1302 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1303 |
with @{text "l"}$_{1..r}$ $\subseteq$ @{text "b"}$_{1..p}$ and none of the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1304 |
@{text "l"}$_{1..r}$ being among the bodies @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1305 |
"d"}$_{1..q}$. The set @{text "B'"} is defined as\\[-5mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1306 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1307 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1308 |
@{text "B' \<equiv> fa_bn\<^isub>1 l\<^isub>1 \<union> ... \<union> fa_bn\<^isub>r l\<^isub>r"}\\[-9mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1309 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1310 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1311 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1312 |
This completes the definition of the free-atom functions @{text "fa_ty"}$_{1..n}$. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1313 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1314 |
Note that for non-recursive deep binders, we have to add in \eqref{fadef} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1315 |
the set of atoms that are left unbound by the binding functions @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1316 |
"bn"}$_{1..m}$. We used for the definition of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1317 |
this set the functions @{text "fa_bn"}$_{1..m}$, which are also defined by mutual |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1318 |
recursion. Assume the user specified a @{text bn}-clause of the form |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1319 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1320 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1321 |
@{text "bn (C z\<^isub>1 \<dots> z\<^isub>s) = rhs"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1322 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1323 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1324 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1325 |
where the @{text "z"}$_{1..s}$ are of types @{text "ty"}$_{1..s}$. For each of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1326 |
the arguments we calculate the free atoms as follows: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1327 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1328 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1329 |
\begin{tabular}{c@ {\hspace{2mm}}p{0.9\textwidth}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1330 |
$\bullet$ & @{term "fa_ty\<^isub>i z\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "z\<^isub>i"} does not occur in @{text "rhs"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1331 |
(that means nothing is bound in @{text "z\<^isub>i"} by the binding function),\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1332 |
$\bullet$ & @{term "fa_bn\<^isub>i z\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "z\<^isub>i"} occurs in @{text "rhs"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1333 |
with the recursive call @{text "bn\<^isub>i z\<^isub>i"}, and\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1334 |
$\bullet$ & @{term "{}"} provided @{text "z\<^isub>i"} occurs in @{text "rhs"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1335 |
but without a recursive call. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1336 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1337 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1338 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1339 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1340 |
For defining @{text "fa_bn (C z\<^isub>1 \<dots> z\<^isub>n)"} we just union up all these sets. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1341 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1342 |
To see how these definitions work in practice, let us reconsider the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1343 |
term-constructors @{text "Let"} and @{text "Let_rec"} shown in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1344 |
\eqref{letrecs} together with the term-constructors for assignments @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1345 |
"ANil"} and @{text "ACons"}. Since there is a binding function defined for |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1346 |
assignments, we have three free-atom functions, namely @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1347 |
"fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"}, @{text "fa\<^bsub>assn\<^esub>"} and @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1348 |
"fa\<^bsub>bn\<^esub>"} as follows: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1349 |
% |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1350 |
\begin{center} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1351 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {\hspace{1mm}}c@ {\hspace{1mm}}l@ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1352 |
@{text "fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> (Let as t)"} & @{text "="} & @{text "(fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t - set (bn as)) \<union> fa\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> as"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1353 |
@{text "fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> (Let_rec as t)"} & @{text "="} & @{text "(fa\<^bsub>assn\<^esub> as \<union> fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t) - set (bn as)"}\\[1mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1354 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1355 |
@{text "fa\<^bsub>assn\<^esub> (ANil)"} & @{text "="} & @{term "{}"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1356 |
@{text "fa\<^bsub>assn\<^esub> (ACons a t as)"} & @{text "="} & @{text "(supp a) \<union> (fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t) \<union> (fa\<^bsub>assn\<^esub> as)"}\\[1mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1357 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1358 |
@{text "fa\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> (ANil)"} & @{text "="} & @{term "{}"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1359 |
@{text "fa\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> (ACons a t as)"} & @{text "="} & @{text "(fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t) \<union> (fa\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> as)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1360 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1361 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1362 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1363 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1364 |
Recall that @{text ANil} and @{text "ACons"} have no |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1365 |
binding clause in the specification. The corresponding free-atom |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1366 |
function @{text "fa\<^bsub>assn\<^esub>"} therefore returns all free atoms |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1367 |
of an assignment (in case of @{text "ACons"}, they are given in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1368 |
terms of @{text supp}, @{text "fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"} and @{text "fa\<^bsub>assn\<^esub>"}). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1369 |
The binding only takes place in @{text Let} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1370 |
@{text "Let_rec"}. In case of @{text "Let"}, the binding clause specifies |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1371 |
that all atoms given by @{text "set (bn as)"} have to be bound in @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1372 |
t}. Therefore we have to subtract @{text "set (bn as)"} from @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1373 |
"fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t"}. However, we also need to add all atoms that are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1374 |
free in @{text "as"}. This is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1375 |
in contrast with @{text "Let_rec"} where we have a recursive |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1376 |
binder to bind all occurrences of the atoms in @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1377 |
"set (bn as)"} also inside @{text "as"}. Therefore we have to subtract |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1378 |
@{text "set (bn as)"} from both @{text "fa\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t"} and @{text "fa\<^bsub>assn\<^esub> as"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1379 |
Like the function @{text "bn"}, the function @{text "fa\<^bsub>bn\<^esub>"} traverses the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1380 |
list of assignments, but instead returns the free atoms, which means in this |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1381 |
example the free atoms in the argument @{text "t"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1382 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1383 |
An interesting point in this |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1384 |
example is that a ``naked'' assignment (@{text "ANil"} or @{text "ACons"}) does not bind any |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1385 |
atoms, even if the binding function is specified over assignments. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1386 |
Only in the context of a @{text Let} or @{text "Let_rec"}, where the binding clauses are given, will |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1387 |
some atoms actually become bound. This is a phenomenon that has also been pointed |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
out in \cite{ott-jfp}. For us this observation is crucial, because we would |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1389 |
not be able to lift the @{text "bn"}-functions to alpha-equated terms if they act on |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1390 |
atoms that are bound. In that case, these functions would \emph{not} respect |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1391 |
alpha-equivalence. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1392 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1393 |
Next we define the alpha-equivalence relations for the raw types @{text |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1394 |
"ty"}$_{1..n}$ from the specification. We write them as |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1395 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1396 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1397 |
@{text "\<approx>ty"}$_{1..n}$. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1398 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1399 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1400 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1401 |
Like with the free-atom functions, we also need to |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1402 |
define auxiliary alpha-equivalence relations |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1403 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1404 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1405 |
@{text "\<approx>bn\<^isub>"}$_{1..m}$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1406 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1407 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1408 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1409 |
for the binding functions @{text "bn"}$_{1..m}$, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1410 |
To simplify our definitions we will use the following abbreviations for |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1411 |
\emph{compound equivalence relations} and \emph{compound free-atom functions} acting on tuples. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1412 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1413 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1414 |
\begin{tabular}{r@ {\hspace{2mm}}c@ {\hspace{2mm}}l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1415 |
@{text "(x\<^isub>1,\<dots>, x\<^isub>n) (R\<^isub>1,\<dots>, R\<^isub>n) (x\<PRIME>\<^isub>1,\<dots>, x\<PRIME>\<^isub>n)"} & @{text "\<equiv>"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1416 |
@{text "x\<^isub>1 R\<^isub>1 x\<PRIME>\<^isub>1 \<and> \<dots> \<and> x\<^isub>n R\<^isub>n x\<PRIME>\<^isub>n"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1417 |
@{text "(fa\<^isub>1,\<dots>, fa\<^isub>n) (x\<^isub>1,\<dots>, x\<^isub>n)"} & @{text "\<equiv>"} & @{text "fa\<^isub>1 x\<^isub>1 \<union> \<dots> \<union> fa\<^isub>n x\<^isub>n"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1418 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1419 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1420 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1421 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1422 |
The alpha-equivalence relations are defined as inductive predicates |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1423 |
having a single clause for each term-constructor. Assuming a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1424 |
term-constructor @{text C} is of type @{text ty} and has the binding clauses |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1425 |
@{term "bc"}$_{1..k}$, then the alpha-equivalence clause has the form |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1426 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1427 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1428 |
\mbox{\infer{@{text "C z\<^isub>1 \<dots> z\<^isub>n \<approx>ty C z\<PRIME>\<^isub>1 \<dots> z\<PRIME>\<^isub>n"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1429 |
{@{text "prems(bc\<^isub>1) \<dots> prems(bc\<^isub>k)"}}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1430 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1431 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1432 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1433 |
The task below is to specify what the premises of a binding clause are. As a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1434 |
special instance, we first treat the case where @{text "bc\<^isub>i"} is the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1435 |
empty binding clause of the form |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1436 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1437 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1438 |
\mbox{\isacommand{bind (set)} @{term "{}"} \isacommand{in} @{text "d\<^isub>1\<dots>d\<^isub>q"}.} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1439 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1440 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1441 |
\noindent |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1442 |
In this binding clause no atom is bound and we only have to alpha-relate the bodies. For this |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1443 |
we build first the tuples @{text "D \<equiv> (d\<^isub>1,\<dots>, d\<^isub>q)"} and @{text "D' \<equiv> (d\<PRIME>\<^isub>1,\<dots>, d\<PRIME>\<^isub>q)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1444 |
whereby the labels @{text "d"}$_{1..q}$ refer to arguments @{text "z"}$_{1..n}$ and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1445 |
respectively @{text "d\<PRIME>"}$_{1..q}$ to @{text "z\<PRIME>"}$_{1..n}$. In order to relate |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1446 |
two such tuples we define the compound alpha-equivalence relation @{text "R"} as follows |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1447 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1448 |
\begin{equation}\label{rempty} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1449 |
\mbox{@{text "R \<equiv> (R\<^isub>1,\<dots>, R\<^isub>q)"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1450 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1451 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1452 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1453 |
with @{text "R\<^isub>i"} being @{text "\<approx>ty\<^isub>i"} if the corresponding labels @{text "d\<^isub>i"} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1454 |
@{text "d\<PRIME>\<^isub>i"} refer |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1455 |
to a recursive argument of @{text C} with type @{text "ty\<^isub>i"}; otherwise |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1456 |
we take @{text "R\<^isub>i"} to be the equality @{text "="}. This lets us define |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1457 |
the premise for an empty binding clause succinctly as @{text "prems(bc\<^isub>i) \<equiv> D R D'"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1458 |
which can be unfolded to the series of premises |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1459 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1460 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1461 |
@{text "d\<^isub>1 R\<^isub>1 d\<PRIME>\<^isub>1 \<dots> d\<^isub>q R\<^isub>q d\<PRIME>\<^isub>q"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1462 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1463 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1464 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1465 |
We will use the unfolded version in the examples below. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1466 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1467 |
Now suppose the binding clause @{text "bc\<^isub>i"} is of the general form |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1468 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1469 |
\begin{equation}\label{nonempty} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1470 |
\mbox{\isacommand{bind (set)} @{text "b\<^isub>1\<dots>b\<^isub>p"} \isacommand{in} @{text "d\<^isub>1\<dots>d\<^isub>q"}.} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1471 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1472 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1473 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1474 |
In this case we define a premise @{text P} using the relation |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1475 |
$\approx_{\,\textit{set}}$ given in Section~\ref{sec:binders} (similarly |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1476 |
$\approx_{\,\textit{set+}}$ and $\approx_{\,\textit{list}}$ for the other |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1477 |
binding modes). This premise defines alpha-equivalence of two abstractions |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1478 |
involving multiple binders. As above, we first build the tuples @{text "D"} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1479 |
@{text "D'"} for the bodies @{text "d"}$_{1..q}$, and the corresponding |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1480 |
compound alpha-relation @{text "R"} (shown in \eqref{rempty}). |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1481 |
For $\approx_{\,\textit{set}}$ we also need |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1482 |
a compound free-atom function for the bodies defined as |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1483 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1485 |
\mbox{@{text "fa \<equiv> (fa_ty\<^isub>1,\<dots>, fa_ty\<^isub>q)"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1486 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1487 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1488 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1489 |
with the assumption that the @{text "d"}$_{1..q}$ refer to arguments of types @{text "ty"}$_{1..q}$. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1490 |
The last ingredient we need are the sets of atoms bound in the bodies. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1491 |
For this we take |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1492 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1493 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1494 |
@{text "B \<equiv> bn_ty\<^isub>1 b\<^isub>1 \<union> \<dots> \<union> bn_ty\<^isub>p b\<^isub>p"}\;.\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1495 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1496 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1497 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1498 |
Similarly for @{text "B'"} using the labels @{text "b\<PRIME>"}$_{1..p}$. This |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1499 |
lets us formally define the premise @{text P} for a non-empty binding clause as: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1500 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1501 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1502 |
\mbox{@{term "P \<equiv> \<exists>p. (B, D) \<approx>set R fa p (B', D')"}}\;. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1503 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1504 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1505 |
\noindent |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1506 |
This premise accounts for alpha-equivalence of the bodies of the binding |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1507 |
clause. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1508 |
However, in case the binders have non-recursive deep binders, this premise |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1509 |
is not enough: |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1510 |
we also have to ``propagate'' alpha-equivalence inside the structure of |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1511 |
these binders. An example is @{text "Let"} where we have to make sure the |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1512 |
right-hand sides of assignments are alpha-equivalent. For this we use |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1513 |
relations @{text "\<approx>bn"}$_{1..m}$ (which we will formally define shortly). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1514 |
Let us assume the non-recursive deep binders in @{text "bc\<^isub>i"} are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1515 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1516 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1517 |
@{text "bn\<^isub>1 l\<^isub>1, \<dots>, bn\<^isub>r l\<^isub>r"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1518 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1519 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1520 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1521 |
The tuple @{text L} is then @{text "(l\<^isub>1,\<dots>,l\<^isub>r)"} (similarly @{text "L'"}) |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1522 |
and the compound equivalence relation @{text "R'"} is @{text "(\<approx>bn\<^isub>1,\<dots>,\<approx>bn\<^isub>r)"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1523 |
All premises for @{text "bc\<^isub>i"} are then given by |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1524 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1525 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1526 |
@{text "prems(bc\<^isub>i) \<equiv> P \<and> L R' L'"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1527 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1528 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1529 |
\noindent |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1530 |
The auxiliary alpha-equivalence relations @{text "\<approx>bn"}$_{1..m}$ |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1531 |
in @{text "R'"} are defined as follows: assuming a @{text bn}-clause is of the form |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1532 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1533 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1534 |
@{text "bn (C z\<^isub>1 \<dots> z\<^isub>s) = rhs"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1535 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1536 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1537 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1538 |
where the @{text "z"}$_{1..s}$ are of types @{text "ty"}$_{1..s}$, |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1539 |
then the corresponding alpha-equivalence clause for @{text "\<approx>bn"} has the form |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1540 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1541 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1542 |
\mbox{\infer{@{text "C z\<^isub>1 \<dots> z\<^isub>s \<approx>bn C z\<PRIME>\<^isub>1 \<dots> z\<PRIME>\<^isub>s"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1543 |
{@{text "z\<^isub>1 R\<^isub>1 z\<PRIME>\<^isub>1 \<dots> z\<^isub>s R\<^isub>s z\<PRIME>\<^isub>s"}}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1544 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1545 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1546 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1547 |
In this clause the relations @{text "R"}$_{1..s}$ are given by |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1548 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1549 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1550 |
\begin{tabular}{c@ {\hspace{2mm}}p{0.9\textwidth}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1551 |
$\bullet$ & @{text "z\<^isub>i \<approx>ty z\<PRIME>\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "z\<^isub>i"} does not occur in @{text rhs} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1552 |
is a recursive argument of @{text C},\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1553 |
$\bullet$ & @{text "z\<^isub>i = z\<PRIME>\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "z\<^isub>i"} does not occur in @{text rhs} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1554 |
and is a non-recursive argument of @{text C},\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1555 |
$\bullet$ & @{text "z\<^isub>i \<approx>bn\<^isub>i z\<PRIME>\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "z\<^isub>i"} occurs in @{text rhs} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1556 |
with the recursive call @{text "bn\<^isub>i x\<^isub>i"} and\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1557 |
$\bullet$ & @{text True} provided @{text "z\<^isub>i"} occurs in @{text rhs} but without a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1558 |
recursive call. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1559 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1560 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1561 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1562 |
\noindent |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1563 |
This completes the definition of alpha-equivalence. As a sanity check, we can show |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1564 |
that the premises of empty binding clauses are a special case of the clauses for |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1565 |
non-empty ones (we just have to unfold the definition of $\approx_{\,\textit{set}}$ and take @{text "0"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1566 |
for the existentially quantified permutation). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1567 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1568 |
Again let us take a look at a concrete example for these definitions. For \eqref{letrecs} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1569 |
we have three relations $\approx_{\textit{trm}}$, $\approx_{\textit{assn}}$ and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1570 |
$\approx_{\textit{bn}}$ with the following clauses: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1571 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1572 |
\begin{center} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1573 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}c @ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1574 |
\infer{@{text "Let as t \<approx>\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> Let as' t'"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1575 |
{@{term "\<exists>p. (bn as, t) \<approx>lst alpha_trm fa_trm p (bn as', t')"} & @{text "as \<approx>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> as'"}}\smallskip\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1576 |
\makebox[0mm]{\infer{@{text "Let_rec as t \<approx>\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> Let_rec as' t'"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1577 |
{@{term "\<exists>p. (bn as, ast) \<approx>lst alpha_trm2 fa_trm2 p (bn as', ast')"}}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1578 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1579 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1580 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1581 |
\begin{center} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1582 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}c @ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1583 |
\infer{@{text "ANil \<approx>\<^bsub>assn\<^esub> ANil"}}{}\hspace{9mm} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1584 |
\infer{@{text "ACons a t as \<approx>\<^bsub>assn\<^esub> ACons a' t' as"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1585 |
{@{text "a = a'"} & @{text "t \<approx>\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t'"} & @{text "as \<approx>\<^bsub>assn\<^esub> as'"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1586 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1587 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1588 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1589 |
\begin{center} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1590 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}c @ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1591 |
\infer{@{text "ANil \<approx>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> ANil"}}{}\hspace{9mm} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1592 |
\infer{@{text "ACons a t as \<approx>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> ACons a' t' as"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1593 |
{@{text "t \<approx>\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t'"} & @{text "as \<approx>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> as'"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1594 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1595 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1596 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1597 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1598 |
Note the difference between $\approx_{\textit{assn}}$ and |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1599 |
$\approx_{\textit{bn}}$: the latter only ``tracks'' alpha-equivalence of |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1600 |
the components in an assignment that are \emph{not} bound. This is needed in the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1601 |
clause for @{text "Let"} (which has |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1602 |
a non-recursive binder). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1603 |
The underlying reason is that the terms inside an assignment are not meant |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
to be ``under'' the binder. Such a premise is \emph{not} needed in @{text "Let_rec"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1605 |
because there all components of an assignment are ``under'' the binder. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1606 |
*} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1607 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1608 |
section {* Establishing the Reasoning Infrastructure *} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1609 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1610 |
text {* |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1611 |
Having made all necessary definitions for raw terms, we can start |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1612 |
with establishing the reasoning infrastructure for the alpha-equated types |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1613 |
@{text "ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$, that is the types the user originally specified. We sketch |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1614 |
in this section the proofs we need for establishing this infrastructure. One |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1615 |
main point of our work is that we have completely automated these proofs in Isabelle/HOL. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1616 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1617 |
First we establish that the |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1618 |
alpha-equivalence relations defined in the previous section are |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1619 |
equivalence relations. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1620 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1621 |
\begin{lem}\label{equiv} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1622 |
Given the raw types @{text "ty"}$_{1..n}$ and binding functions |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1623 |
@{text "bn"}$_{1..m}$, the relations @{text "\<approx>ty"}$_{1..n}$ and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1624 |
@{text "\<approx>bn"}$_{1..m}$ are equivalence relations. and equivariant. |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1625 |
\end{lem} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1626 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1627 |
\begin{proof} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1628 |
The proof is by mutual induction over the definitions. The non-trivial |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1629 |
cases involve premises built up by $\approx_{\textit{set}}$, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1630 |
$\approx_{\textit{set+}}$ and $\approx_{\textit{list}}$. They |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1631 |
can be dealt with as in Lemma~\ref{alphaeq}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1632 |
\end{proof} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1633 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1634 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1635 |
We can feed this lemma into our quotient package and obtain new types @{text |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1636 |
"ty"}$^\alpha_{1..n}$ representing alpha-equated terms of types @{text "ty"}$_{1..n}$. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1637 |
We also obtain definitions for the term-constructors @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1638 |
"C"}$^\alpha_{1..k}$ from the raw term-constructors @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1639 |
"C"}$_{1..k}$, and similar definitions for the free-atom functions @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1640 |
"fa_ty"}$^\alpha_{1..n}$ and @{text "fa_bn"}$^\alpha_{1..m}$ as well as the binding functions @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1641 |
"bn"}$^\alpha_{1..m}$. However, these definitions are not really useful to the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1642 |
user, since they are given in terms of the isomorphisms we obtained by |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1643 |
creating new types in Isabelle/HOL (recall the picture shown in the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1644 |
Introduction). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1645 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1646 |
The first useful property for the user is the fact that distinct |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1647 |
term-constructors are not |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1648 |
equal, that is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1649 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1650 |
\begin{equation}\label{distinctalpha} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1651 |
\mbox{@{text "C"}$^\alpha$~@{text "x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r"}~@{text "\<noteq>"}~% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1652 |
@{text "D"}$^\alpha$~@{text "y\<^isub>1 \<dots> y\<^isub>s"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1653 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1654 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1655 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1656 |
whenever @{text "C"}$^\alpha$~@{text "\<noteq>"}~@{text "D"}$^\alpha$. |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1657 |
In order to derive this fact, we use the definition of alpha-equivalence |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1658 |
and establish that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1659 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1660 |
\begin{equation}\label{distinctraw} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1661 |
\mbox{@{text "C x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r"}\;$\not\approx$@{text ty}\;@{text "D y\<^isub>1 \<dots> y\<^isub>s"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1662 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1663 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1664 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1665 |
holds for the corresponding raw term-constructors. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1666 |
In order to deduce \eqref{distinctalpha} from \eqref{distinctraw}, our quotient |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1667 |
package needs to know that the raw term-constructors @{text "C"} and @{text "D"} |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1668 |
are \emph{respectful} w.r.t.~the alpha-equivalence relations (see \cite{Homeier05}). |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1669 |
Assuming, for example, @{text "C"} is of type @{text "ty"} with argument types |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1670 |
@{text "ty"}$_{1..r}$, respectfulness amounts to showing that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1671 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1672 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1673 |
@{text "C x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r \<approx>ty C x\<PRIME>\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<PRIME>\<^isub>r"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1674 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1675 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1676 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1677 |
holds under the assumptions that we have \mbox{@{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1678 |
"x\<^isub>i \<approx>ty\<^isub>i x\<PRIME>\<^isub>i"}} whenever @{text "x\<^isub>i"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1679 |
and @{text "x\<PRIME>\<^isub>i"} are recursive arguments of @{text C} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1680 |
@{text "x\<^isub>i = x\<PRIME>\<^isub>i"} whenever they are non-recursive arguments. We can prove this |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1681 |
implication by applying the corresponding rule in our alpha-equivalence |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1682 |
definition and by establishing the following auxiliary implications %facts |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1683 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1684 |
\begin{equation}\label{fnresp} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1685 |
\mbox{% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1686 |
\begin{tabular}{ll@ {\hspace{7mm}}ll} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1687 |
\mbox{\it (i)} & @{text "x \<approx>ty\<^isub>i x\<PRIME>"}~~@{text "\<Rightarrow>"}~~@{text "fa_ty\<^isub>i x = fa_ty\<^isub>i x\<PRIME>"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1688 |
\mbox{\it (iii)} & @{text "x \<approx>ty\<^isub>j x\<PRIME>"}~~@{text "\<Rightarrow>"}~~@{text "bn\<^isub>j x = bn\<^isub>j x\<PRIME>"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1689 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1690 |
\mbox{\it (ii)} & @{text "x \<approx>ty\<^isub>j x\<PRIME>"}~~@{text "\<Rightarrow>"}~~@{text "fa_bn\<^isub>j x = fa_bn\<^isub>j x\<PRIME>"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1691 |
\mbox{\it (iv)} & @{text "x \<approx>ty\<^isub>j x\<PRIME>"}~~@{text "\<Rightarrow>"}~~@{text "x \<approx>bn\<^isub>j x\<PRIME>"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1692 |
\end{tabular}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1693 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1694 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1695 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1696 |
They can be established by induction on @{text "\<approx>ty"}$_{1..n}$. Whereas the first, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1697 |
second and last implication are true by how we stated our definitions, the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1698 |
third \emph{only} holds because of our restriction |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1699 |
imposed on the form of the binding functions---namely \emph{not} returning |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1700 |
any bound atoms. In Ott, in contrast, the user may |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1701 |
define @{text "bn"}$_{1..m}$ so that they return bound |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1702 |
atoms and in this case the third implication is \emph{not} true. A |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1703 |
result is that the lifting of the corresponding binding functions in Ott to alpha-equated |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1704 |
terms is impossible. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1705 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1706 |
Having established respectfulness for the raw term-constructors, the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1707 |
quotient package is able to automatically deduce \eqref{distinctalpha} from |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1708 |
\eqref{distinctraw}. Having the facts \eqref{fnresp} at our disposal, we can |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1709 |
also lift properties that characterise when two raw terms of the form |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1710 |
% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1711 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1712 |
@{text "C x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r \<approx>ty C x\<PRIME>\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<PRIME>\<^isub>r"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1713 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1714 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1715 |
\noindent |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1716 |
are alpha-equivalent. This gives us conditions when the corresponding |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1717 |
alpha-equated terms are \emph{equal}, namely |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1718 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1719 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1720 |
@{text "C\<^sup>\<alpha> x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r = C\<^sup>\<alpha> x\<PRIME>\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<PRIME>\<^isub>r"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1721 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1722 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1723 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1724 |
We call these conditions as \emph{quasi-injectivity}. They correspond to |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1725 |
the premises in our alpha-equivalence relations. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1726 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1727 |
Next we can lift the permutation |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1728 |
operations defined in \eqref{ceqvt}. In order to make this |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1729 |
lifting to go through, we have to show that the permutation operations are respectful. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1730 |
This amounts to showing that the |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1731 |
alpha-equivalence relations are equivariant \cite{HuffmanUrban10}. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1732 |
, which we already established |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1733 |
in Lemma~\ref{equiv}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1734 |
As a result we can add the equations |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1735 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1736 |
\begin{equation}\label{calphaeqvt} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1737 |
@{text "p \<bullet> (C\<^sup>\<alpha> x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r) = C\<^sup>\<alpha> (p \<bullet> x\<^isub>1) \<dots> (p \<bullet> x\<^isub>r)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1738 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1739 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1740 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1741 |
to our infrastructure. In a similar fashion we can lift the defining equations |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1742 |
of the free-atom functions @{text "fn_ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$ and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1743 |
@{text "fa_bn\<AL>"}$_{1..m}$ as well as of the binding functions @{text |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1744 |
"bn\<AL>"}$_{1..m}$ and the size functions @{text "size_ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1745 |
The latter are defined automatically for the raw types @{text "ty"}$_{1..n}$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1746 |
by the datatype package of Isabelle/HOL. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1747 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1748 |
Finally we can add to our infrastructure a cases lemma (explained in the next section) |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1749 |
and a structural induction principle |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1750 |
for the types @{text "ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$. The conclusion of the induction principle is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1751 |
of the form |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1752 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1753 |
\begin{equation}\label{weakinduct} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1754 |
\mbox{@{text "P\<^isub>1 x\<^isub>1 \<and> \<dots> \<and> P\<^isub>n x\<^isub>n "}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1755 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1756 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1757 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1758 |
whereby the @{text P}$_{1..n}$ are predicates and the @{text x}$_{1..n}$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1759 |
have types @{text "ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$. This induction principle has for each |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1760 |
term constructor @{text "C"}$^\alpha$ a premise of the form |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1761 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1762 |
\begin{equation}\label{weakprem} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1763 |
\mbox{@{text "\<forall>x\<^isub>1\<dots>x\<^isub>r. P\<^isub>i x\<^isub>i \<and> \<dots> \<and> P\<^isub>j x\<^isub>j \<Rightarrow> P (C\<^sup>\<alpha> x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r)"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1764 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1765 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1766 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1767 |
in which the @{text "x"}$_{i..j}$ @{text "\<subseteq>"} @{text "x"}$_{1..r}$ are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1768 |
the recursive arguments of @{text "C\<AL>"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1769 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1770 |
By working now completely on the alpha-equated level, we |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1771 |
can first show that the free-atom functions and binding functions are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1772 |
equivariant, namely |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1773 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1774 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1775 |
\begin{tabular}{rcl@ {\hspace{10mm}}rcl} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1776 |
@{text "p \<bullet> (fa_ty\<AL>\<^isub>i x)"} & $=$ & @{text "fa_ty\<AL>\<^isub>i (p \<bullet> x)"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1777 |
@{text "p \<bullet> (bn\<AL>\<^isub>j x)"} & $=$ & @{text "bn\<AL>\<^isub>j (p \<bullet> x)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1778 |
@{text "p \<bullet> (fa_bn\<AL>\<^isub>j x)"} & $=$ & @{text "fa_bn\<AL>\<^isub>j (p \<bullet> x)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1779 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1780 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1781 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1782 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1783 |
These properties can be established using the induction principle for the types @{text "ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1784 |
in \eqref{weakinduct}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1785 |
Having these equivariant properties established, we can |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1786 |
show that the support of term-constructors @{text "C\<^sup>\<alpha>"} is included in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1787 |
the support of its arguments, that means |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1788 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1789 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1790 |
@{text "supp (C\<^sup>\<alpha> x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r) \<subseteq> (supp x\<^isub>1 \<union> \<dots> \<union> supp x\<^isub>r)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1791 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1792 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1793 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1794 |
holds. This allows us to prove by induction that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1795 |
every @{text x} of type @{text "ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$ is finitely supported. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1796 |
This can be again shown by induction |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1797 |
over @{text "ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1798 |
Lastly, we can show that the support of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1799 |
elements in @{text "ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$ is the same as @{text "fa_ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1800 |
This fact is important in a nominal setting, but also provides evidence |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1801 |
that our notions of free-atoms and alpha-equivalence are correct. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1802 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1803 |
\begin{thm} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1804 |
For @{text "x"}$_{1..n}$ with type @{text "ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$, we have |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1805 |
@{text "supp x\<^isub>i = fa_ty\<AL>\<^isub>i x\<^isub>i"}. |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1806 |
\end{thm} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1807 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1808 |
\begin{proof} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1809 |
The proof is by induction. In each case |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1810 |
we unfold the definition of @{text "supp"}, move the swapping inside the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1811 |
term-constructors and then use the quasi-injectivity lemmas in order to complete the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1812 |
proof. For the abstraction cases we use the facts derived in Theorem~\ref{suppabs}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1813 |
\end{proof} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1814 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1815 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1816 |
To sum up this section, we can establish automatically a reasoning infrastructure |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1817 |
for the types @{text "ty\<AL>"}$_{1..n}$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1818 |
by first lifting definitions from the raw level to the quotient level and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1819 |
then by establishing facts about these lifted definitions. All necessary proofs |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1820 |
are generated automatically by custom ML-code. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1821 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1822 |
%This code can deal with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1823 |
%specifications such as the one shown in Figure~\ref{nominalcorehas} for Core-Haskell. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1824 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1825 |
%\begin{figure}[t!] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1826 |
%\begin{boxedminipage}{\linewidth} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1827 |
%\small |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1828 |
%\begin{tabular}{l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1829 |
%\isacommand{atom\_decl}~@{text "var cvar tvar"}\\[1mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1830 |
%\isacommand{nominal\_datatype}~@{text "tkind ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1831 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text "KStar"}~$|$~@{text "KFun tkind tkind"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1832 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "ckind ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1833 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text "CKSim ty ty"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1834 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "ty ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1835 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text "TVar tvar"}~$|$~@{text "T string"}~$|$~@{text "TApp ty ty"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1836 |
%$|$~@{text "TFun string ty_list"}~% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1837 |
%$|$~@{text "TAll tv::tvar tkind ty::ty"} \isacommand{bind}~@{text "tv"}~\isacommand{in}~@{text ty}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1838 |
%$|$~@{text "TArr ckind ty"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1839 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "ty_lst ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1840 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text "TNil"}~$|$~@{text "TCons ty ty_lst"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1841 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "cty ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1842 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text "CVar cvar"}~% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1843 |
%$|$~@{text "C string"}~$|$~@{text "CApp cty cty"}~$|$~@{text "CFun string co_lst"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1844 |
%$|$~@{text "CAll cv::cvar ckind cty::cty"} \isacommand{bind}~@{text "cv"}~\isacommand{in}~@{text cty}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1845 |
%$|$~@{text "CArr ckind cty"}~$|$~@{text "CRefl ty"}~$|$~@{text "CSym cty"}~$|$~@{text "CCirc cty cty"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1846 |
%$|$~@{text "CAt cty ty"}~$|$~@{text "CLeft cty"}~$|$~@{text "CRight cty"}~$|$~@{text "CSim cty cty"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1847 |
%$|$~@{text "CRightc cty"}~$|$~@{text "CLeftc cty"}~$|$~@{text "Coerce cty cty"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1848 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "co_lst ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1849 |
%\phantom{$|$}@{text "CNil"}~$|$~@{text "CCons cty co_lst"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1850 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "trm ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1851 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text "Var var"}~$|$~@{text "K string"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1852 |
%$|$~@{text "LAM_ty tv::tvar tkind t::trm"} \isacommand{bind}~@{text "tv"}~\isacommand{in}~@{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1853 |
%$|$~@{text "LAM_cty cv::cvar ckind t::trm"} \isacommand{bind}~@{text "cv"}~\isacommand{in}~@{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1854 |
%$|$~@{text "App_ty trm ty"}~$|$~@{text "App_cty trm cty"}~$|$~@{text "App trm trm"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1855 |
%$|$~@{text "Lam v::var ty t::trm"} \isacommand{bind}~@{text "v"}~\isacommand{in}~@{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1856 |
%$|$~@{text "Let x::var ty trm t::trm"} \isacommand{bind}~@{text x}~\isacommand{in}~@{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1857 |
%$|$~@{text "Case trm assoc_lst"}~$|$~@{text "Cast trm co"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1858 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "assoc_lst ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1859 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text ANil}~% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1860 |
%$|$~@{text "ACons p::pat t::trm assoc_lst"} \isacommand{bind}~@{text "bv p"}~\isacommand{in}~@{text t}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1861 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "pat ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1862 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text "Kpat string tvtk_lst tvck_lst vt_lst"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1863 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "vt_lst ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1864 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text VTNil}~$|$~@{text "VTCons var ty vt_lst"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1865 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "tvtk_lst ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1866 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text TVTKNil}~$|$~@{text "TVTKCons tvar tkind tvtk_lst"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1867 |
%\isacommand{and}~@{text "tvck_lst ="}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1868 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text TVCKNil}~$|$ @{text "TVCKCons cvar ckind tvck_lst"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1869 |
%\isacommand{binder}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1870 |
%@{text "bv :: pat \<Rightarrow> atom list"}~\isacommand{and}~% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1871 |
%@{text "bv1 :: vt_lst \<Rightarrow> atom list"}~\isacommand{and}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1872 |
%@{text "bv2 :: tvtk_lst \<Rightarrow> atom list"}~\isacommand{and}~% |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1873 |
%@{text "bv3 :: tvck_lst \<Rightarrow> atom list"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1874 |
%\isacommand{where}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1875 |
%\phantom{$|$}~@{text "bv (K s tvts tvcs vs) = (bv3 tvts) @ (bv2 tvcs) @ (bv1 vs)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1876 |
%$|$~@{text "bv1 VTNil = []"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1877 |
%$|$~@{text "bv1 (VTCons x ty tl) = (atom x)::(bv1 tl)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1878 |
%$|$~@{text "bv2 TVTKNil = []"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1879 |
%$|$~@{text "bv2 (TVTKCons a ty tl) = (atom a)::(bv2 tl)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1880 |
%$|$~@{text "bv3 TVCKNil = []"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1881 |
%$|$~@{text "bv3 (TVCKCons c cty tl) = (atom c)::(bv3 tl)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1882 |
%\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1883 |
%\end{boxedminipage} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1884 |
%\caption{The nominal datatype declaration for Core-Haskell. For the moment we |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1885 |
%do not support nested types; therefore we explicitly have to unfold the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1886 |
%lists @{text "co_lst"}, @{text "assoc_lst"} and so on. This will be improved |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1887 |
%in a future version of Nominal Isabelle. Apart from that, the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1888 |
%declaration follows closely the original in Figure~\ref{corehas}. The |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1889 |
%point of our work is that having made such a declaration in Nominal Isabelle, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1890 |
%one obtains automatically a reasoning infrastructure for Core-Haskell. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1891 |
%\label{nominalcorehas}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1892 |
%\end{figure} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1893 |
*} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1894 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1895 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1896 |
section {* Strong Induction Principles *} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1897 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1898 |
text {* |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
1899 |
In the previous section we derived induction principles for alpha-equated terms. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1900 |
We call such induction principles \emph{weak}, because for a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1901 |
term-constructor \mbox{@{text "C\<^sup>\<alpha> x\<^isub>1\<dots>x\<^isub>r"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1902 |
the induction hypothesis requires us to establish the implications \eqref{weakprem}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1903 |
The problem with these implications is that in general they are difficult to establish. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1904 |
The reason is that we cannot make any assumption about the bound atoms that might be in @{text "C\<^sup>\<alpha>"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1905 |
(for example we cannot assume the variable convention for them). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1906 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1907 |
In \cite{UrbanTasson05} we introduced a method for automatically |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1908 |
strengthening weak induction principles for terms containing single |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1909 |
binders. These stronger induction principles allow the user to make additional |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1910 |
assumptions about bound atoms. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1911 |
These additional assumptions amount to a formal |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1912 |
version of the informal variable convention for binders. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1913 |
To sketch how this strengthening extends to the case of multiple binders, we use as |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1914 |
running example the term-constructors @{text "Lam"} and @{text "Let"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1915 |
from example \eqref{letpat}. Instead of establishing @{text " P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t \<and> P\<^bsub>pat\<^esub> p"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1916 |
the stronger induction principle for \eqref{letpat} establishes properties @{text " P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> c t \<and> P\<^bsub>pat\<^esub> c p"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1917 |
where the additional parameter @{text c} controls |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1918 |
which freshness assumptions the binders should satisfy. For the two term constructors |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1919 |
this means that the user has to establish in inductions the implications |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1920 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1921 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1922 |
\begin{tabular}{l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1923 |
@{text "\<forall>a t c. {atom a} \<FRESH>\<^sup>* c \<and> (\<forall>d. P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> d t) \<Rightarrow> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> c (Lam a t)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1924 |
@{text "\<forall>p t c. (set (bn p)) \<FRESH>\<^sup>* c \<and> (\<forall>d. P\<^bsub>pat\<^esub> d p) \<and> (\<forall>d. P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> d t) \<and> \<Rightarrow> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> c (Let p t)"}\\%[-0mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1925 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1926 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1927 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1928 |
In \cite{UrbanTasson05} we showed how the weaker induction principles imply |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1929 |
the stronger ones. This was done by some quite complicated, nevertheless automated, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1930 |
induction proof. In this paper we simplify this work by leveraging the automated proof |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1931 |
methods from the function package of Isabelle/HOL. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1932 |
The reasoning principle these methods employ is well-founded induction. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1933 |
To use them in our setting, we have to discharge |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1934 |
two proof obligations: one is that we have |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1935 |
well-founded measures (for each type @{text "ty"}$^\alpha_{1..n}$) that decrease in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1936 |
every induction step and the other is that we have covered all cases. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1937 |
As measures we use the size functions |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1938 |
@{text "size_ty"}$^\alpha_{1..n}$, which we lifted in the previous section and which are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1939 |
all well-founded. It is straightforward to establish that these measures decrease |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1940 |
in every induction step. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1941 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1942 |
What is left to show is that we covered all cases. To do so, we use |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1943 |
a \emph{cases lemma} derived for each type. For the terms in \eqref{letpat} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1944 |
this lemma is of the form |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1945 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1946 |
\begin{equation}\label{weakcases} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1947 |
\infer{@{text "P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1948 |
{\begin{array}{l@ {\hspace{9mm}}l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1949 |
@{text "\<forall>x. t = Var x \<Rightarrow> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"} & @{text "\<forall>a t'. t = Lam a t' \<Rightarrow> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1950 |
@{text "\<forall>t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2. t = App t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2 \<Rightarrow> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"} & @{text "\<forall>p t'. t = Let p t' \<Rightarrow> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1951 |
\end{array}}\\[-1mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1952 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1953 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1954 |
where we have a premise for each term-constructor. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1955 |
The idea behind such cases lemmas is that we can conclude with a property @{text "P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1956 |
provided we can show that this property holds if we substitute for @{text "t"} all |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1957 |
possible term-constructors. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1958 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1959 |
The only remaining difficulty is that in order to derive the stronger induction |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1960 |
principles conveniently, the cases lemma in \eqref{weakcases} is too weak. For this note that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1961 |
in order to apply this lemma, we have to establish @{text "P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"} for \emph{all} @{text Lam}- and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1962 |
\emph{all} @{text Let}-terms. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1963 |
What we need instead is a cases lemma where we only have to consider terms that have |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1964 |
binders that are fresh w.r.t.~a context @{text "c"}. This gives the implications |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1965 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1966 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1967 |
\begin{tabular}{l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1968 |
@{text "\<forall>a t'. t = Lam a t' \<and> {atom a} \<FRESH>\<^sup>* c \<Rightarrow> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1969 |
@{text "\<forall>p t'. t = Let p t' \<and> (set (bn p)) \<FRESH>\<^sup>* c \<Rightarrow> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub>"}\\[-2mm] |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1970 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1971 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1972 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1973 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1974 |
which however can be relatively easily be derived from the implications in \eqref{weakcases} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1975 |
by a renaming using Properties \ref{supppermeq} and \ref{avoiding}. In the first case we know |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1976 |
that @{text "{atom a} \<FRESH>\<^sup>* Lam a t"}. Property \eqref{avoiding} provides us therefore with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1977 |
a permutation @{text q}, such that @{text "{atom (q \<bullet> a)} \<FRESH>\<^sup>* c"} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1978 |
@{text "supp (Lam a t) \<FRESH>\<^sup>* q"} hold. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1979 |
By using Property \ref{supppermeq}, we can infer from the latter |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1980 |
that @{text "Lam (q \<bullet> a) (q \<bullet> t) = Lam a t"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1981 |
and we are done with this case. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1982 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1983 |
The @{text Let}-case involving a (non-recursive) deep binder is a bit more complicated. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1984 |
The reason is that the we cannot apply Property \ref{avoiding} to the whole term @{text "Let p t"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1985 |
because @{text p} might contain names bound by @{text bn}, but also some that are |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1986 |
free. To solve this problem we have to introduce a permutation function that only |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1987 |
permutes names bound by @{text bn} and leaves the other names unchanged. We do this again |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1988 |
by lifting. For a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1989 |
clause @{text "bn (C x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r) = rhs"}, we define |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1990 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1991 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1992 |
@{text "p \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> (C x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r) \<equiv> C y\<^isub>1 \<dots> y\<^isub>r"} with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
$\begin{cases} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1994 |
\text{@{text "y\<^isub>i \<equiv> x\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "x\<^isub>i"} does not occur in @{text "rhs"}}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1995 |
\text{@{text "y\<^isub>i \<equiv> p \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn'\<^esub> x\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "bn' x\<^isub>i"} is in @{text "rhs"}}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1996 |
\text{@{text "y\<^isub>i \<equiv> p \<bullet> x\<^isub>i"} otherwise} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1997 |
\end{cases}$ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1998 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1999 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2000 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2001 |
with @{text "y\<^isub>i"} determined as follows: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2002 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2003 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2004 |
\begin{tabular}{c@ {\hspace{2mm}}p{0.9\textwidth}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2005 |
$\bullet$ & @{text "y\<^isub>i \<equiv> x\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "x\<^isub>i"} does not occur in @{text "rhs"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2006 |
$\bullet$ & @{text "y\<^isub>i \<equiv> p \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn'\<^esub> x\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "bn' x\<^isub>i"} is in @{text "rhs"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2007 |
$\bullet$ & @{text "y\<^isub>i \<equiv> p \<bullet> x\<^isub>i"} otherwise |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2008 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2009 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2010 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2011 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2012 |
Now Properties \ref{supppermeq} and \ref{avoiding} give us a permutation @{text q} such that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2013 |
@{text "(set (bn (q \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> p)) \<FRESH>\<^sup>* c"} holds and such that @{text "[q \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> p]\<^bsub>list\<^esub>.(q \<bullet> t)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2014 |
is equal to @{text "[p]\<^bsub>list\<^esub>. t"}. We can also show that @{text "(q \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> p) \<approx>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> p"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2015 |
These facts establish that @{text "Let (q \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> p) (p \<bullet> t) = Let p t"}, as we need. This |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2016 |
completes the non-trivial cases in \eqref{letpat} for strengthening the corresponding induction |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2017 |
principle. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2018 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2019 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2020 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2021 |
A natural question is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2022 |
whether we can also strengthen the weak induction principles involving |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2023 |
the general binders presented here. We will indeed be able to so, but for this we need an |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2024 |
additional notion for permuting deep binders. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2025 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2026 |
Given a binding function @{text "bn"} we define an auxiliary permutation |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2027 |
operation @{text "_ \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> _"} which permutes only bound arguments in a deep binder. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2028 |
Assuming a clause of @{text bn} is given as |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2029 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2030 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2031 |
@{text "bn (C x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r) = rhs"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2032 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2033 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2034 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2035 |
then we define |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2036 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2037 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2038 |
@{text "p \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> (C x\<^isub>1 \<dots> x\<^isub>r) \<equiv> C y\<^isub>1 \<dots> y\<^isub>r"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2039 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2040 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2041 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2042 |
with @{text "y\<^isub>i"} determined as follows: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2043 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2044 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2045 |
\begin{tabular}{c@ {\hspace{2mm}}p{7cm}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2046 |
$\bullet$ & @{text "y\<^isub>i \<equiv> x\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "x\<^isub>i"} does not occur in @{text "rhs"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2047 |
$\bullet$ & @{text "y\<^isub>i \<equiv> p \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn'\<^esub> x\<^isub>i"} provided @{text "bn' x\<^isub>i"} is in @{text "rhs"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2048 |
$\bullet$ & @{text "y\<^isub>i \<equiv> p \<bullet> x\<^isub>i"} otherwise |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2049 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2050 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2051 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2052 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2053 |
Using again the quotient package we can lift the @{text "_ \<bullet>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> _"} function to |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2054 |
alpha-equated terms. We can then prove the following two facts |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2055 |
|
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2056 |
\begin{lem}\label{permutebn} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2057 |
Given a binding function @{text "bn\<^sup>\<alpha>"} then for all @{text p} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2058 |
{\it (i)} @{text "p \<bullet> (bn\<^sup>\<alpha> x) = bn\<^sup>\<alpha> (p \<bullet>\<AL>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> x)"} and {\it (ii)} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2059 |
@{text "fa_bn\<^isup>\<alpha> x = fa_bn\<^isup>\<alpha> (p \<bullet>\<AL>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> x)"}. |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2060 |
\end{lem} |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2061 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2062 |
\begin{proof} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2063 |
By induction on @{text x}. The equations follow by simple unfolding |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2064 |
of the definitions. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2065 |
\end{proof} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2066 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2067 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2068 |
The first property states that a permutation applied to a binding function is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2069 |
equivalent to first permuting the binders and then calculating the bound |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2070 |
atoms. The second amounts to the fact that permuting the binders has no |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2071 |
effect on the free-atom function. The main point of this permutation |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2072 |
function, however, is that if we have a permutation that is fresh |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2073 |
for the support of an object @{text x}, then we can use this permutation |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2074 |
to rename the binders in @{text x}, without ``changing'' @{text x}. In case of the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2075 |
@{text "Let"} term-constructor from the example shown |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2076 |
in \eqref{letpat} this means for a permutation @{text "r"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2077 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2078 |
\begin{equation}\label{renaming} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2079 |
\begin{array}{l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2080 |
\mbox{if @{term "supp (Abs_lst (bn p) t\<^isub>2) \<sharp>* r"}}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2081 |
\qquad\mbox{then @{text "Let p t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2 = Let (r \<bullet>\<AL>\<^bsub>bn_pat\<^esub> p) t\<^isub>1 (r \<bullet> t\<^isub>2)"}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2082 |
\end{array} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2083 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2084 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2085 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2086 |
This fact will be crucial when establishing the strong induction principles below. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2087 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2088 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2089 |
In our running example about @{text "Let"}, the strong induction |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2090 |
principle means that instead |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2091 |
of establishing the implication |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2092 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2093 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2094 |
@{text "\<forall>p t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2. P\<^bsub>pat\<^esub> p \<and> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t\<^isub>1 \<and> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> t\<^isub>2 \<Rightarrow> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> (Let p t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2095 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2096 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2097 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2098 |
it is sufficient to establish the following implication |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2099 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2100 |
\begin{equation}\label{strong} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2101 |
\mbox{\begin{tabular}{l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2102 |
@{text "\<forall>p t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2 c."}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2103 |
\hspace{5mm}@{text "set (bn p) #\<^sup>* c \<and>"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2104 |
\hspace{5mm}@{text "(\<forall>d. P\<^bsub>pat\<^esub> d p) \<and> (\<forall>d. P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> d t\<^isub>1) \<and> (\<forall>d. P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> d t\<^isub>2)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2105 |
\hspace{15mm}@{text "\<Rightarrow> P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> c (Let p t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2106 |
\end{tabular}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2107 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2108 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2109 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2110 |
While this implication contains an additional argument, namely @{text c}, and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2111 |
also additional universal quantifications, it is usually easier to establish. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2112 |
The reason is that we have the freshness |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2113 |
assumption @{text "set (bn\<^sup>\<alpha> p) #\<^sup>* c"}, whereby @{text c} can be arbitrarily |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2114 |
chosen by the user as long as it has finite support. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2115 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2116 |
Let us now show how we derive the strong induction principles from the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2117 |
weak ones. In case of the @{text "Let"}-example we derive by the weak |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2118 |
induction the following two properties |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2119 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2120 |
\begin{equation}\label{hyps} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2121 |
@{text "\<forall>q c. P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> c (q \<bullet> t)"} \hspace{4mm} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2122 |
@{text "\<forall>q\<^isub>1 q\<^isub>2 c. P\<^bsub>pat\<^esub> (q\<^isub>1 \<bullet>\<AL>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> (q\<^isub>2 \<bullet> p))"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2123 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2124 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2125 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2126 |
For the @{text Let} term-constructor we therefore have to establish @{text "P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> c (q \<bullet> Let p t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2)"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2127 |
assuming \eqref{hyps} as induction hypotheses (the first for @{text t\<^isub>1} and @{text t\<^isub>2}). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2128 |
By Property~\ref{avoiding} we |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2129 |
obtain a permutation @{text "r"} such that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2130 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2131 |
\begin{equation}\label{rprops} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2132 |
@{term "(r \<bullet> set (bn (q \<bullet> p))) \<sharp>* c "}\hspace{4mm} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2133 |
@{term "supp (Abs_lst (bn (q \<bullet> p)) (q \<bullet> t\<^isub>2)) \<sharp>* r"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2134 |
\end{equation} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2135 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2136 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2137 |
hold. The latter fact and \eqref{renaming} give us |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2138 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2139 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2140 |
\begin{tabular}{l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2141 |
@{text "Let (q \<bullet> p) (q \<bullet> t\<^isub>1) (q \<bullet> t\<^isub>2) ="} \\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2142 |
\hspace{15mm}@{text "Let (r \<bullet>\<AL>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> (q \<bullet> p)) (q \<bullet> t\<^isub>1) (r \<bullet> (q \<bullet> t\<^isub>2))"} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2143 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2144 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2145 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2146 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2147 |
So instead of proving @{text "P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> c (q \<bullet> Let p t\<^isub>1 t\<^isub>2)"}, we can equally |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2148 |
establish @{text "P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> c (Let (r \<bullet>\<AL>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> (q \<bullet> p)) (q \<bullet> t\<^isub>1) (r \<bullet> (q \<bullet> t\<^isub>2)))"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2149 |
To do so, we will use the implication \eqref{strong} of the strong induction |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2150 |
principle, which requires us to discharge |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2151 |
the following four proof obligations: |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2152 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2153 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
\begin{tabular}{rl} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2155 |
{\it (i)} & @{text "set (bn (r \<bullet>\<AL>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> (q \<bullet> p))) #\<^sup>* c"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2156 |
{\it (ii)} & @{text "\<forall>d. P\<^bsub>pat\<^esub> d (r \<bullet>\<AL>\<^bsub>bn\<^esub> (q \<bullet> p))"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2157 |
{\it (iii)} & @{text "\<forall>d. P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> d (q \<bullet> t\<^isub>1)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2158 |
{\it (iv)} & @{text "\<forall>d. P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> d (r \<bullet> (q \<bullet> t\<^isub>2))"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2159 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2160 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2161 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2162 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2163 |
The first follows from \eqref{rprops} and Lemma~\ref{permutebn}.{\it (i)}; the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2164 |
others from the induction hypotheses in \eqref{hyps} (in the fourth case |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2165 |
we have to use the fact that @{term "(r \<bullet> (q \<bullet> t\<^isub>2)) = (r + q) \<bullet> t\<^isub>2"}). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2166 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2167 |
Taking now the identity permutation @{text 0} for the permutations in \eqref{hyps}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2168 |
we can establish our original goals, namely @{text "P\<^bsub>trm\<^esub> c t"} and \mbox{@{text "P\<^bsub>pat\<^esub> c p"}}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2169 |
This completes the proof showing that the weak induction principles imply |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2170 |
the strong induction principles. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2171 |
*} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2172 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2173 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2174 |
section {* Related Work\label{related} *} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2175 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2176 |
text {* |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2177 |
To our knowledge the earliest usage of general binders in a theorem prover |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2178 |
is described in \cite{NaraschewskiNipkow99} about a formalisation of the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2179 |
algorithm W. This formalisation implements binding in type-schemes using a |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2180 |
de-Bruijn indices representation. Since type-schemes in W contain only a single |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2181 |
place where variables are bound, different indices do not refer to different binders (as in the usual |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2182 |
de-Bruijn representation), but to different bound variables. A similar idea |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2183 |
has been recently explored for general binders in the locally nameless |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2184 |
approach to binding \cite{chargueraud09}. There, de-Bruijn indices consist |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2185 |
of two numbers, one referring to the place where a variable is bound, and the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2186 |
other to which variable is bound. The reasoning infrastructure for both |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2187 |
representations of bindings comes for free in theorem provers like Isabelle/HOL or |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2188 |
Coq, since the corresponding term-calculi can be implemented as ``normal'' |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2189 |
datatypes. However, in both approaches it seems difficult to achieve our |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2190 |
fine-grained control over the ``semantics'' of bindings (i.e.~whether the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2191 |
order of binders should matter, or vacuous binders should be taken into |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2192 |
account). To do so, one would require additional predicates that filter out |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2193 |
unwanted terms. Our guess is that such predicates result in rather |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2194 |
intricate formal reasoning. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2195 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2196 |
Another technique for representing binding is higher-order abstract syntax |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2197 |
(HOAS). , which for example is implemented in the Twelf system. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2198 |
This representation |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2199 |
technique supports very elegantly many aspects of \emph{single} binding, and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
impressive work has been done that uses HOAS for mechanising the metatheory |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2201 |
of SML~\cite{LeeCraryHarper07}. We are, however, not aware how multiple |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2202 |
binders of SML are represented in this work. Judging from the submitted |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2203 |
Twelf-solution for the POPLmark challenge, HOAS cannot easily deal with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2204 |
binding constructs where the number of bound variables is not fixed. For example |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2205 |
In the second part of this challenge, @{text "Let"}s involve |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2206 |
patterns that bind multiple variables at once. In such situations, HOAS |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2207 |
seems to have to resort to the iterated-single-binders-approach with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2208 |
all the unwanted consequences when reasoning about the resulting terms. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2209 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2210 |
Two formalisations involving general binders have been |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2211 |
performed in older |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2212 |
versions of Nominal Isabelle (one about Psi-calculi and one about algorithm W |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2213 |
\cite{BengtsonParow09,UrbanNipkow09}). Both |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2214 |
use the approach based on iterated single binders. Our experience with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2215 |
the latter formalisation has been disappointing. The major pain arose from |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2216 |
the need to ``unbind'' variables. This can be done in one step with our |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2217 |
general binders described in this paper, but needs a cumbersome |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2218 |
iteration with single binders. The resulting formal reasoning turned out to |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2219 |
be rather unpleasant. The hope is that the extension presented in this paper |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2220 |
is a substantial improvement. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2221 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2222 |
The most closely related work to the one presented here is the Ott-tool |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2223 |
\cite{ott-jfp} and the C$\alpha$ml language \cite{Pottier06}. Ott is a nifty |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2224 |
front-end for creating \LaTeX{} documents from specifications of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2225 |
term-calculi involving general binders. For a subset of the specifications |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2226 |
Ott can also generate theorem prover code using a raw representation of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2227 |
terms, and in Coq also a locally nameless representation. The developers of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2228 |
this tool have also put forward (on paper) a definition for |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2229 |
alpha-equivalence of terms that can be specified in Ott. This definition is |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2230 |
rather different from ours, not using any nominal techniques. To our |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2231 |
knowledge there is no concrete mathematical result concerning this |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2232 |
notion of alpha-equivalence. Also the definition for the |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2233 |
notion of free variables |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2234 |
is work in progress. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2235 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2236 |
Although we were heavily inspired by the syntax of Ott, |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2237 |
its definition of alpha-equi\-valence is unsuitable for our extension of |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2238 |
Nominal Isabelle. First, it is far too complicated to be a basis for |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2239 |
automated proofs implemented on the ML-level of Isabelle/HOL. Second, it |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2240 |
covers cases of binders depending on other binders, which just do not make |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2241 |
sense for our alpha-equated terms. Third, it allows empty types that have no |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2242 |
meaning in a HOL-based theorem prover. We also had to generalise slightly Ott's |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2243 |
binding clauses. In Ott you specify binding clauses with a single body; we |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2244 |
allow more than one. We have to do this, because this makes a difference |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2245 |
for our notion of alpha-equivalence in case of \isacommand{bind (set)} and |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2246 |
\isacommand{bind (set+)}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2247 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2248 |
Consider the examples |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2249 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2250 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2251 |
\begin{tabular}{@ {}l@ {\hspace{2mm}}l@ {}} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2252 |
@{text "Foo\<^isub>1 xs::name fset t::trm s::trm"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2253 |
\isacommand{bind (set)} @{text "xs"} \isacommand{in} @{text "t s"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2254 |
@{text "Foo\<^isub>2 xs::name fset t::trm s::trm"} & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2255 |
\isacommand{bind (set)} @{text "xs"} \isacommand{in} @{text "t"}, |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2256 |
\isacommand{bind (set)} @{text "xs"} \isacommand{in} @{text "s"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2257 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2258 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2259 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2260 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2261 |
In the first term-constructor we have a single |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2262 |
body that happens to be ``spread'' over two arguments; in the second term-constructor we have |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2263 |
two independent bodies in which the same variables are bound. As a result we |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2264 |
have |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2265 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2266 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2267 |
\begin{tabular}{r@ {\hspace{1.5mm}}c@ {\hspace{1.5mm}}l} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2268 |
@{text "Foo\<^isub>1 {a, b} (a, b) (a, b)"} & $\not=$ & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2269 |
@{text "Foo\<^isub>1 {a, b} (a, b) (b, a)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2270 |
@{text "Foo\<^isub>2 {a, b} (a, b) (a, b)"} & $=$ & |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2271 |
@{text "Foo\<^isub>2 {a, b} (a, b) (b, a)"}\\ |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2272 |
\end{tabular} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2273 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2274 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2275 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2276 |
and therefore need the extra generality to be able to distinguish between |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2277 |
both specifications. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2278 |
Because of how we set up our definitions, we also had to impose some restrictions |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2279 |
(like a single binding function for a deep binder) that are not present in Ott. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2280 |
Our |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2281 |
expectation is that we can still cover many interesting term-calculi from |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2282 |
programming language research, for example Core-Haskell. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2283 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2284 |
Pottier presents in \cite{Pottier06} a language, called C$\alpha$ml, for |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2285 |
representing terms with general binders inside OCaml. This language is |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2286 |
implemented as a front-end that can be translated to OCaml with the help of |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2287 |
a library. He presents a type-system in which the scope of general binders |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2288 |
can be specified using special markers, written @{text "inner"} and |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2289 |
@{text "outer"}. It seems our and his specifications can be |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2290 |
inter-translated as long as ours use the binding mode |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2291 |
\isacommand{bind} only. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2292 |
However, we have not proved this. Pottier gives a definition for |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2293 |
alpha-equivalence, which also uses a permutation operation (like ours). |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2294 |
Still, this definition is rather different from ours and he only proves that |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2295 |
it defines an equivalence relation. A complete |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2296 |
reasoning infrastructure is well beyond the purposes of his language. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2297 |
Similar work for Haskell with similar results was reported by Cheney \cite{Cheney05a}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2298 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2299 |
In a slightly different domain (programming with dependent types), the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2300 |
paper \cite{Altenkirch10} presents a calculus with a notion of |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2301 |
alpha-equivalence related to our binding mode \isacommand{bind (set+)}. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2302 |
The definition in \cite{Altenkirch10} is similar to the one by Pottier, except that it |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2303 |
has a more operational flavour and calculates a partial (renaming) map. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2304 |
In this way, the definition can deal with vacuous binders. However, to our |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2305 |
best knowledge, no concrete mathematical result concerning this |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2306 |
definition of alpha-equivalence has been proved. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2307 |
*} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2308 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2309 |
section {* Conclusion *} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2310 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2311 |
text {* |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2312 |
Telsescopes by de Bruijn (AUTOMATH project does not provide an automatic infrastructure). |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2313 |
|
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2314 |
|
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2315 |
We have presented an extension of Nominal Isabelle for dealing with |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2316 |
general binders, that is term-constructors having multiple bound |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2317 |
variables. For this extension we introduced new definitions of |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2318 |
alpha-equivalence and automated all necessary proofs in Isabelle/HOL. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2319 |
To specify general binders we used the specifications from Ott, but extended them |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2320 |
in some places and restricted |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2321 |
them in others so that they make sense in the context of alpha-equated terms. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2322 |
We also introduced two binding modes (set and set+) that do not |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2323 |
exist in Ott. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2324 |
We have tried out the extension with calculi such as Core-Haskell, type-schemes |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2325 |
and approximately a dozen of other typical examples from programming |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2326 |
language research~\cite{SewellBestiary}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2327 |
The code |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2328 |
will eventually become part of the next Isabelle distribution.\footnote{For the moment |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2329 |
it can be downloaded from the Mercurial repository linked at |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2330 |
\href{http://isabelle.in.tum.de/nominal/download} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2331 |
{http://isabelle.in.tum.de/nominal/download}.} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2332 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2333 |
We have left out a discussion about how functions can be defined over |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2334 |
alpha-equated terms involving general binders. In earlier versions of Nominal |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2335 |
Isabelle this turned out to be a thorny issue. We |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2336 |
hope to do better this time by using the function package that has recently |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2337 |
been implemented in Isabelle/HOL and also by restricting function |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2338 |
definitions to equivariant functions (for them we can |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2339 |
provide more automation). |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2340 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2341 |
There are some restrictions we imposed in this paper that we would like to lift in |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2342 |
future work. One is the exclusion of nested datatype definitions. Nested |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2343 |
datatype definitions allow one to specify, for instance, the function kinds |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2344 |
in Core-Haskell as @{text "TFun string (ty list)"} instead of the unfolded |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2345 |
version @{text "TFun string ty_list"} (see Figure~\ref{nominalcorehas}). To |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2346 |
achieve this, we need a slightly more clever implementation than we have at the moment. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2347 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2348 |
A more interesting line of investigation is whether we can go beyond the |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2349 |
simple-minded form of binding functions that we adopted from Ott. At the moment, binding |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2350 |
functions can only return the empty set, a singleton atom set or unions |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2351 |
of atom sets (similarly for lists). It remains to be seen whether |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2352 |
properties like |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2353 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2354 |
\begin{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2355 |
@{text "fa_ty x = bn x \<union> fa_bn x"}. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2356 |
\end{center} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2357 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2358 |
\noindent |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2359 |
allow us to support more interesting binding functions. |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2360 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2361 |
We have also not yet played with other binding modes. For example we can |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2362 |
imagine that there is need for a binding mode where instead of lists, we |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2363 |
abstract lists of distinct elements. Once we feel confident about such |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2364 |
binding modes, our implementation can be easily extended to accommodate |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2365 |
them.\medskip |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2366 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2367 |
\noindent |
2989
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2368 |
{\bf Acknowledgements:} We are very grateful to Andrew Pitts for many |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2369 |
discussions about Nominal Isabelle. We thank Peter Sewell for making the |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2370 |
informal notes \cite{SewellBestiary} available to us and also for patiently |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2371 |
explaining some of the finer points of the Ott-tool. Stephanie Weirich |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2372 |
suggested to separate the subgrammars of kinds and types in our Core-Haskell |
5df574281b69
more on the intro and correct style-files
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
2985
diff
changeset
|
2373 |
example. |
2985
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2374 |
*} |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2375 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2376 |
|
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2377 |
(*<*) |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2378 |
end |
05ccb61aa628
started lmcs paper (isabelle make lmcs)
Christian Urban <urbanc@in.tum.de>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2379 |
(*>*) |